WO2008124083A2 - Aurora kinase modulators and method of use - Google Patents

Aurora kinase modulators and method of use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008124083A2
WO2008124083A2 PCT/US2008/004432 US2008004432W WO2008124083A2 WO 2008124083 A2 WO2008124083 A2 WO 2008124083A2 US 2008004432 W US2008004432 W US 2008004432W WO 2008124083 A2 WO2008124083 A2 WO 2008124083A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
phenyl
naphthyridin
independently
alkylamino
dialkylamino
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2008/004432
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2008124083A3 (en
Inventor
Victor J. Cee
Holly L. Deak
Stephanie D. Geuns-Meyer
Bingfan Du
Brian L. Hodous
Matthew W. Martin
Hanh Nho Nguyen
Philip R. Olivieri
Kathleen Panter
Karina Romero
Laurie Schenkel
Ryan White
Original Assignee
Amgen Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Amgen Inc. filed Critical Amgen Inc.
Priority to CA2682504A priority Critical patent/CA2682504C/en
Priority to ES08742582.3T priority patent/ES2470341T3/en
Priority to AU2008236670A priority patent/AU2008236670B2/en
Priority to JP2010502144A priority patent/JP5516397B2/en
Priority to EP08742582.3A priority patent/EP2137177B1/en
Priority to MX2009010517A priority patent/MX2009010517A/en
Publication of WO2008124083A2 publication Critical patent/WO2008124083A2/en
Publication of WO2008124083A3 publication Critical patent/WO2008124083A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08—Bronchodilators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/20—Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • A61P31/22—Antivirals for DNA viruses for herpes viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04—Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06—Antianaemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D493/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the field of pharmaceutical agents and, more specifically, is directed to compounds and compositions useful for modulating Aurora kinase, and to uses and methods for managing cell proliferation and for treating cancer.
  • Cancer is one of the most widespread diseases afflicting centuries and a major cause of death worldwide.
  • numerous groups have invested a tremendous amount of time, effort and financial resources.
  • of the available cancer treatments and therapies only a few offer any considerable degree of success.
  • Cancer is often characterized by unregulated cell proliferation. Damage to one or more genes, responsible for the cellular pathways, which control progress of proliferation through the cell cycle, typically causes the loss of normal regulation of cell proliferation. These genes code for various proteins, which participate in a cascade of events, including protein phosphorylation, leading to cell-cycling progression and cell proliferation. Various kinase proteins have been identified, which play roles in the cell cycling cascade and in protein phosphorylation in particular.
  • One class of proteins found to play a part in cell cycling and, therefore, cell proliferation is the Aurora kinase family of proteins.
  • Aurora kinases are enzymes of the serine/threonine kinase family of proteins, which play an important role in protein phosphorylation during the mitotic phase of the cell cycle. There are three known members of the Aurora kinase family, Aurora A, Aurora B and Aurora C, also commonly referred to as Aurora 2, Aurora 1 , and Aurora 3, respectively.
  • Aurora-A is localized to the centrosome during interphase and is important for centrosome maturation and to maintain separation during spindle assembly.
  • Aurora-B localizes to the kinetochore in the G2 phase of the cell cycle until metaphase, and relocates to the midbody after anaphase.
  • Aurora-C was thought to function only in meiosis, but more recently has been found to be more closely related to Aurora-B, showing some overlapping functions and simlar localization patterns in mitosis.
  • Each aurora kinase appears to share a common structure, including a highly conserved catalytic domain and a very short N-terminal domain that varies in size. (See R. Giet and C. Prigent, J. Cell. ScL, 112:3591-3601 (1999)).
  • Aurora kinases appear to be viable targets for the treatment of cancer. Aurora kinases are overexpressed in various types of cancers, including colon, breast, lung, pancrease, prostate, bladder, head, neck, cervix, and ovarion cancers.
  • the Aurora-A gene is part of an amplicon found in a subset of breast, colon, ovarian, liver, gastric and pancreatic tumors.
  • Aurora-B has also been found to be overexpressed in most major tumor types. Overexpression of Aurora-B in rodent fibroblasts induces transformation, suggesting that Aurora-B is oncogenic. More recently, Aurora-B mRNA expression has been linked to chromosomal instability in human breast cancer. (Y. Miyoshi et al., Int. J. Cancer, 92:370-373 (2001)).
  • Aurora kinases inhibition of one or more of the Aurora kinases by several parties has been shown to inhibit cell proliferation and trigger apoptosis in several tumor cell lines.
  • inhibition of Aurora has been found to arrest cell cycling and promote programmed cell death via apoptosis. Accordingly, there has been a strong interest in finding inhibitors of Aurora kinase proteins.
  • WO 04/039774 describes aza-quinazolinones for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora kinase
  • WO 04/037814 describes indazolinones for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora-2 kinase
  • WO 04/016612 describes 2, 6, 9-substituted purine derivatives for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora kinase
  • WO 04/000833 describes tri- and tetra-substituted pyrimidine compounds useful for treating Aurora-meiated diseases
  • WO 04/092607 describes crystals useful for screening, designing and evaluating compounds as agonists or antagonists of Aurora kinase and U.S. Patent No. 6,919,338 and WO 03/055491 each describe substituted quinazoline derivatives as inhibitors of Aurora-2 kinase.
  • the present invention provides a new class of compounds useful for modulating one or more of the Aurora kinase enzymes and for treating Aurora kinase-mediated conditions and/or diseases, including cancer.
  • the compounds, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are generally defined by Formula I
  • the invention provides compounds of Formulas II, IH and IV, which are similar in structure to Formula I above.
  • the invention also provides processes for making compounds of Formulas I - IV, as well as intermediates useful in such processes.
  • the compounds provided by the invention have Aurora kinase modulatory activity and, in particular, Aurora kinase inhibitory activity.
  • the invention also provides the use of these compounds, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in the preparation and manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition or medicament for therapeutic, prophylactic, acute or chronic treatment of Aurora kinase mediated diseases and disorders, including without limitation, cancer.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful in the manufacture of anti-cancer medicaments.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition (also referred to herein as a medicament) comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III or IV in association with at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, adjuvant or diluent.
  • compounds useful for treating Aurora kinase and related disorders are defined by Formula I:
  • each of A 1 and A 2 independently, is N or CR 2 , provided no more than one of A 1 and A 2 is N; each of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 , independently, is N or CR 3 , provided that no more than two of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 is N; each of L 1 and L 2 , independently, is -O-, -NR 4 -, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO 2 - or - CR 4 R 4 -, wherein each R 4 , independently, is H, halo, OH, C 1-6 alkoxyl, CN or Ci- ⁇ alkyl; each of A 7 and A 8 , independently, is N or CR 5 , provided at least one of A 7 and A 8 is N;
  • D' is a 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R 1 ; each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2-]0 -alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3-I0 -CyClOaIlCyI, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Cj-io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR 9 , -OR 9 , - NR y R y , -C(O)R*, -C00R% -OC(O)R%
  • R 5 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci -10 -alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C MO - dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 ; each of R 6 , R 7 and R 8 , independently, is R 9 ; alternatively, either of R 6 or R 8 , independently, taken together with R 7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4
  • R 10 is H, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2 -io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, Q.io-cycloalkyl, C 4- io- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C 2 .io-alkenyl, C 2 -io-alkynyl, C3.
  • l o-cycloalkyl C 4-10 -cycloalkenyl, C ⁇ io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- l o-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, Q- 6 alkoxyl,'C 3 ⁇ cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that (1) when D' is a phenyl ring, A 1 is CH and A 2 is CR 2 in Formula I above, than R 2 is not CN; or (2) when A 1 is CH, A 2 is N and L 1 is -NR 4
  • the present invention does not encompass those compounds of Formula I where when either of A 1 or A 2 , independently, is CR 2 , then R 2 is a cyano group.
  • the present invention does not include those compounds of Formula I wherein the D ring is a
  • pyrimidine ring having A 1 as CH and A 2 as N while the D' ring is wherein one of X and Y is N and the other of X and Y is an optionally substituted carbon atom.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein A 1 is N and A 2 is CR 2 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein A 1 is CR 2 and A 2 is N, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A 1 and A 2 independently, is CR 2 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A 1 and A 2 independently, is CR 2 wherein R 2 is either H or a halogen, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein D' is a 5-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R 1 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein D' is a 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R 1 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein D' is
  • X 1 is O, S or NR 1
  • X 2 is CR 1 or N
  • R 1 and n are as defined in Formula I, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein D' is
  • X 1 is O, S or NR 1
  • X 2 is CR 1 or N
  • R 1 and n are as defined in Formula I, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 is CR 3 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein three of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 is CH, and one of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 is CR 3 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 is CH, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein A 3 is N and each of A 4 , A 5 and A 6 is CR 3 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein A 4 is N and each of A 3 , A 5 and A 6 is CR 3 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A 5 is N and each of A 3 , A 4 and A 6 is CR 3 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein A 6 is N and each of A 3 , A 4 and A 4 is CR 3 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A 3 and A 6 is N and each of A 4 and A 5 is CR 3 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A 4 and A 5 is N and each of A 3 and A 6 is CR 3 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A 3 and
  • a 4 is N and each of A 5 and A 6 is CR 3 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein A 7 is N and A 8 is CR 5 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A 8 is N and A 7 is
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A 7 and A 8 is N, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 1 is -O-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 1 is -NR 4 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 1 is -NH-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L 1 is -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 1 is -C(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L 1 is -S(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 1 is -SO 2 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 1 is -CR 4 R 4 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 1 is -O-, -NR 4 - or -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 1 is -O- or -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -O-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -NR 4 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -NH-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -C(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -S(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -SO 2 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -CR 4 R 4 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 1 is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci. 10 -alkyl, C 2-10 -alkenyl, C 2- l o-alkynyl, C3.i 0 -cycloalkyl, C 4- io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, C 1- l o-alkoxyl, C t- io-thioalkoxyl, -SR 9 , -OR 9 , -NR 9 R 9 or -C(O)R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 1 is COOR 9 , - OC(O)R 9 , -C(O)C(O)R 9 , -C(O)NR 9 R 9 , -NR 9 C(O)R 9 , -NR 9 C(O)NR 9 R 9 , -NR 9 (COOR 9 ), - OC(O)NR 9 R 9 , -S(O) 2 R 9 , -S(O) 2 R 9 , -S(O) 2 NR 9 R 9 , -NR 9 S(O) 2 NR 9 R 9 or -NR 9 S(O) 2 R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 1 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3 .io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, C MO - alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R 9 , in conjunction with any
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each R 2 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , C M0 -alkyl, C 2 . l o-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, Cj-io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, C].io- dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each R 2 , independently, is H, halo, CF 3 , CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each R 2 , independently, is R 2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , C 2- 6 -alkenyl, C 2 ⁇ -alkynyl, Ci- 6 -alkylamino-, Ci- ⁇ -alkoxyl, Ci- 6 -thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each R 3 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , d.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each R 3 , independently, is R 2 is H,lialo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2- 6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, Ci -6 -alkylamino-, Or -C(O)R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each R 3 , independently, is H, halo, CF 3 , CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each R 4 , independently, is H, halo, OH, CN or Ci -6 alkyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each R 4 , independently, is H, CN or in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each R 4 , independently, is H or Ci-ealkyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 5 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , C 1-10 -alkyl, C 2-10 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3 -io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 5 is H, halo, CF 3 , CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Cj.io-alkyl, C 2-] o-alkenyl, C 2-] o-alkynyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents ofR 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, C ⁇ aHcyl, C 1-6 alkoxyl
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazoly
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each of R 7 and R 8 independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C M0 - alkylamino-, Ci -10 -dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C 1-10 -thioalkoxyl, SR 10 , OR 10 , NR 4 R 10 , C(O)R 10 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein either of R 7 or R 8 , independently, is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.jo-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2 -io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, Cio-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci -10 -dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 8 taken together with R 7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 8 taken together with R 7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a ring selected from phenyl, cyclohexyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl and cyclopenyl, the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 8 taken together with R 7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a ring selected from phenyl, pyridyl and pyrimidyl, the ring optionally substituted independently with 1- 4 substituents of R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 8 taken together with R 7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl ring, optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci -10 -alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4- io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Cj.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2
  • R 7 and R 8 taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein R 6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C 2 -io-alkenyl, C 2 -io-alkynyl, C 3 .
  • 1 o-cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 siibstituents of R 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, C 3- 6 cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and R 7 and R 8 , taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl ring, optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A 1 and A 2 , independently, is CR 2 ;
  • L 1 is -O-, -S- or -NR 4 -;
  • L 2 is -NR 4 -;
  • R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indoly
  • the compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula II: ⁇ or stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein
  • a 2 is N or CR 2 ; each of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 , independently, is N or CR 3 , provided that no more than two of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 is N;
  • L 1 is -O-, -S-, or -NR 4 -;
  • D' is a 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R 1 ; each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3- io-cycloalkyl, Gno-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl, -SR 9 , -OR 9 , - NR 9 R 9 , -C(O)R 9 , -COOR 9 , -
  • R 2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , C 1-10 -alkyl > C 2-I0 - alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3- io-cycloalkyl, C 4 .
  • R 10 is H, acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C 2-] o-alkenyl, C 2 -io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4-I0 - cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3 .
  • l o-cycloalkyl C 4-10 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, CVio-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Q- l o-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, Q- ⁇ alkoxyl, C 3 ⁇ cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • D' is not H wherein one of X and Y is N and the other of X and Y is an optionally substituted carbon atom.
  • Formula ⁇ includes compounds wherein D' is
  • X is O, S or NR 1 and R 1 and n are as defined in the immediately proceeding embodiment
  • L 1 is -O- or -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula II includes compounds wherein R 6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, Cj.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, d.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, C 1-6
  • the compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula II-A:
  • a 2 is N or CR 2 ; each of A 3 and A 6 , independently, is N or CR 3 , provided that no more than one of A 3 and A 6 is N;
  • L 1 is -O-, -S-, or -NR 4 -;
  • D' is a 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R 1 ; each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, Cs ⁇ o-cycloalkyl, C 4- io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Cioo-alkoxyl, Ci -]0 -thioalkoxyl, -SR 9 , -OR 9 , - NR 9 R 9 , -C(O)R 9 , -COOR 9 , -
  • R 2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, each R 3 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, d- ⁇ -alkoxyl, or - C(O)R 9 ;
  • R 6 is R 9 ; each R 9 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, C M0 -alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2 .i 0 -alkynyl, C- M o-cycloalkyl, C 4-I0 - cycloalkenyl, C ⁇ io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, SR 10 , OR 10 , NR 4 R 10 , C(O)R 10 , COOR 10 , C(O)NR 4 R 10 , NR 4 C(O)R 10 , NR 4 C(O)NR 4 R 10 , NR 4 (COOR 10 ), S(O) 2 R 10 ,
  • R 10 is H, acetyl, Cj.io-alkyl, C 2-] o-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 4-I0 - cycloalkenyl, C ⁇ o-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C 1-]0 -thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3 .
  • l o-cycloalkyl C 4-10 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- l o-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, C ]-6 alkyl, Q- 6 alkoxyl, Cs ⁇ cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and o is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • the compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula EH:
  • each of A 1 and A 2 is N and the other of one of A 1 and A 2 is CR 2 ; each of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 , independently, is N or CR 3 , provided that no more than two of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 is N; each of L 1 and L 2 , independently, is -O-, -NR 4 -, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO 2 - or - CR 4 R 4 -, wherein each R 4 , independently, is H or each R 1 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io
  • R 10 -alkoxyl, Ci- l o-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R 9 ;
  • R 6 Js R 9 each R 9 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, C M0 -alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2-] o-alkynyl, C 3-I0 -CyClOaIlJyI, C 4-I0 - cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl, SR 10 , OR 10 , NR 4 R 10 , C(O)R 10 , COOR 10 , C(O)NR 4 R 10 , NR 4 C(O)R 10 , NR 4 C(O)NR 4 R 10 , NR 4 (COOR 10 ), S(O) 2 R
  • R 10 is H, acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C 2 .i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4-I0 - cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3- ⁇ )-cycloalkyl, G
  • Formula HI compounds include compounds wherein
  • L 2 is -NR 4 -; each R 1 , independently, is H, halo, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine, isopropylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, -C(O)R 9 , -COOR 9 , -C(O)NHR 9 , -NHC(O)R 9 , - NHC(O)NHR 9
  • R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indoly
  • Formula IH compounds include compounds wherein A 1 is CR 2 and A 2 is N; one ofA 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 is N and others of A 3 , A 4 , A 5 and A 6 are each CR 3 ; L 1 is -O-, -NR 4 - or -S-; L 2 is -NR 4 -; each R 1 , independently, is H, halo, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethyl
  • R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indoly
  • the compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula EQ-A:
  • a 2 is CR 2 or N
  • a 3 is N or CR 3 ;
  • L 1 is -O-, -NR 4 -, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO 2 - or -CR 4 R 4 -, wherein each R 4 , independently, is H or each R 1 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2-] o-alkenyl, C 2 .io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4-10 -cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR 9 , -OR 9 , - NR 9 R 9 , -C(O)R 9 , -COOR
  • each R 3 independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkyl, C 4-]0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci -I0 - alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci -]0 -alkoxyl, Ci -)0 -thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 ; each R 3 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 ,
  • R 6 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, C 1-I0 - alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3-10 -cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C.jo-dialkylamino-, C, -]0 -alkoxyl, C M0 -thioalkoxyl, SR 10 , OR 10 , NR 4 R 10 , C(O)R 10 , COOR 10 , C(O)NR 4 R 10 , NR 4 C(O)R 10 , NR 4 C(O)NR 4 R 10 , NR 4 (COOR 10 ), S(O) 2 R 10 , S(O) 2 NR 4 R 10 ,
  • each R 9 independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3- I 0 -CyClOaIM, C 4- I 0 - cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io
  • l o-cycloalkyl, C 4- io-cycloalkenyl, CVio-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- 10 -thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, Ci- 6 alkoxyl, C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • the invention provides compounds generally defined by Formula IV:
  • each of A 4 and A 5 independently, is N or CR 3 ;
  • L 1 is -0-, -NR 4 -, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO 2 - or -CR 4 R 4 -, wherein each R 4 , independently, is H, halo, OH,
  • D is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 8-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and said ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R 1 ; each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, d.io-alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, Cs ⁇ o-cycloalkyl, C 4-10 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Q-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxy
  • R 5 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci -10 -alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci -I0 - dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 ;
  • R 6 is R 9 ;
  • R 9 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, C M0 - alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Cio-dialkylamino-, C M0 -alkoxyl, C 1-10 -thioalkoxyl, SR 10 , OR 10 , NR 4 R 10 , C(O)R 10 , COOR 10 , C(O)NR 4 R 10 , NR 4 C(O)R 10 , NR 4 C(O)NR 4 R 10 , NR 4 (COOR 10 ), S(O) 2 R 10 , S(O) 2 NR 4 R 10 , NR
  • R 10 is H, acetyl, Q.io-alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, Ca ⁇ o-cycloalkyl, C 4-I0 - cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the CVio-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3- l o-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -
  • Formula IV compound include compounds wherein R 6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C 2 -io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3- l o-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci -10 -alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- l o-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN
  • Formula IV compound include compounds wherein R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazo
  • Formula IV compound include compounds wherein ring D is a 8-, 9- or 10-membered fused bicyclic ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R 1 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, ⁇ , II- A, HI, ⁇ i-A and IV include the exemplary compounds and derivatives, progrugs, solvates, tautomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, intermediates related thereto, examples of which are described in the Examples herein.
  • the invention provides the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, selected from: I N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4- phenyl- 1 -phthalazinamine;
  • the invention provides the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, selected from
  • the invention provides the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, selected from
  • cancer refers to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth.
  • examples of cancer include, without limitation, carcinoma, lymphoma, sarcoma, blastoma and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, cervical cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon carcinoma, and head and neck cancer. While the term “cancer” as used herein is not limited to any one specific form of the disease, it is believed that the methods of the invention will be particularly effective for cancers which are found to be accompanied by unregulated levels of Aurora kinase(s) in the mammal.
  • treat refers to therapy, including without limitation, curative therapy, prophylactic therapy, and preventative therapy.
  • Prophylactic treatment generally constitutes either preventing the onset of disorders altogether or delaying the onset of a pre-clinically evident stage of disorders in individuals.
  • mammal refers to any mammal classified as a mammal, including humans, cows, horses, dogs and cats. In one embodiment of the invention, the mammal is a human.
  • a “pharmaceutically-acceptable derivative” denotes any salt (also referred to as “pharmaceutically-acceptable salt”), any prodrug such as a phospshate or an ester of a compound of this invention, or any other compound which upon administration to a pati ⁇ nt is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of this invention, or a metabolite or residue thereof, characterized by the ability to inhibit Aurora kinase.
  • terapéuticaally-effective is intended to quantify the amount of each agent, which will achieve the goal of improvement in disorder severity and the frequency of incidence over treatment of each agent by itself, while avoiding adverse side effects typically associated with alternative therapies.
  • ring and ring system refer to a one or more rings, typically fused together where more than one ring, comprising the delineated number of atoms, said atoms being carbon or, where indicated, a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
  • the ring itself, as well as any substitutents thereon, may be attached at any atom that allows a stable compound to be formed.
  • nonaromatic ring or ring system refers to the fact that at least one, but not necessarily all, rings in a bicyclic or tricyclic ring system is not fully unsaturated.
  • leaving groups generally refer to groups that are displaceable by a nucleophile. Such leaving groups are known in the art. Examples of leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halides (e.g., I, Br, F, Cl), sulfonates (e.g., mesylate, tosylate), sulfides (e.g., SCH 3 ), N-hydroxsuccinimide, N-hydroxybenzotriazole, and the like. Nucleophiles are species that are capable of attacking a molecule at the point of attachment of the leaving group causing displacement of the leaving group. Nucleophiles are known in the art. Examples of nucleophilic groups include, but are not limited to, amines, thiols, alcohols, Grignard reagents, anionic species (e.g., alkoxides, amides, carbanions) and the like.
  • halides e.g., I, Br, F, Cl
  • sulfonates e
  • alkyl is used, either alone or within other terms such as “haloalkyl” and “alkylamino", it embraces linear or branched radicals preferably having alpha to beta number of carbon atoms.
  • a Ci-Cio alkyl is an alkyl comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, /er/-butyl, pentyl, isoamyl, hexyl and the like. It is contemplated herein that alkyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
  • alkenyl embraces linear or branched radicals having at least one carbon-carbon double bond and having two or more carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl radicals include, without limitation, ethenyl, propenyl, allyl, propenyl, butenyl and 4-methylbutenyl.
  • alkenyl embrace radicals having "cis” and “trans” orientations, or alternatively, "E” and “Z” orientations, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art. It is contemplated herein that alkenyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
  • alkynyl denotes linear or branched radicals having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and having two or more carbon atoms.
  • alkynyl radicals include, without limitation, ethynyl, propynyl (propargyl), butynyl, and the like. It is contemplated herein that alkynyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
  • halo means halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms.
  • haloalkyl alone or in combination, embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above.
  • this term includes monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals such as a perhaloalkyl.
  • a monohaloalkyl radical for example, may have either an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the radical.
  • Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals.
  • haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofiuoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl.
  • Perfluoroalkyl refers to alkyl radicals having all hydrogen atoms replaced with fluoro atoms. Examples include trifluoromethyl and pentafluoroethyl.
  • alkoxy embraces linear or branched oxy- containing radicals each having alkyl portions of alpha to beta number of carbon atoms.
  • a C MO alkoxy radical indicates an alkoxide having one to ten carbon atoms, arranged in a linear or branched fashion, attached to an oxygen atom.
  • examples of such radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy and tert-butoxy.
  • Alkoxy radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide "haloalkoxy" radicals.
  • radicals include fluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, fluoroethoxy and fluoropropoxy.
  • partially or fully saturated refers to a moiety, linear, branched or cyclic in nature, having no atom-atom double or triple bonds (fully saturated) or having one or more atom-atom double or triple bonds which are arranged such that where the structural moiety is cyclic, the cycle is not fully unsaturated (non-aromatic), as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • fully unsaturated refers to a moiety having double or triple bonds, arranged in a manner such that the structure is aromatic in nature, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • aryl alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic moiety containing one, two or even three rings wherein such rings may be attached together in a fused manner.
  • aryl embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, anthracenyl, and indanyl.
  • Said "aryl” group may have 1 or more substituents such as lower alkyl, hydroxyl, halo, haloalkyl, nitro, cyano, alkoxy and lower alkylamino, and the like.
  • Phenyl substituted with -0-CH 2 -O- forms an aryl benzodioxolyl substituent.
  • Aryl as used herein, implies a fully unsaturated ring.
  • heterocycles or “heterocyclic radicals”, alone or in combination, embraces saturated, partially saturated and partially unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. This term does not include rings containing -O-O-,-O-S- or -S-S- portions.
  • Said “heterocycle” may have 1 or more substituents such as hydroxyl, Boc, halo, haloalkyl, cyano, lower alkyl, lower aralkyl, oxo, lower alkoxy, amino and lower alkylamino.
  • saturated heterocyclic radicals include saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic groups containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms [e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, piperazinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. morpholinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., thiazolidinyl].
  • nitrogen atoms e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, piperazinyl
  • saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms e.g. morpholinyl
  • heterocyclyl radicals examples include dihydrothienyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuryl and dihydrothiazolyl.
  • heteroaryl radicals alone or in combination, embraces fully unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen.
  • heteroaryl radicals include unsaturated 5 to 6 membered heteromonocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, for example, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl [e.g., 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, IH-1, 2,3 -triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl]; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, for example, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, etc.; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing a sulfur atom, for example, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, etc.; unsaturated 5- to 6- membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atom
  • heterocycle and “heteroaryl” also embraces radicals which are fused/condensed with aryl radicals: unsaturated condensed heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups containing 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms, for example, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl [e.g., tetrazolo [l,5-b]pyridazinyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g.
  • heterocyclic radicals include five to ten membered fused or unfused radicals.
  • heteroaryl radicals include quinolyl, isoquinolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, furyl, and pyrazinyl.
  • Other examples of heteroaryl radicals are 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, containing one or two heteroatoms selected from sulfur, nitrogen and oxygen, such as thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl and pyrazinyl radicals.
  • non-nitrogen containing heteroaryl examples include, without limitation, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, and the like.
  • heterocyclyl examples include, without limitation, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiazolidinyl, dihydrothienyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[l,4]dioxanyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, 1,2-dihydroquinolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolyl, 2,3,4,4a,9,9a-hexahydro-lH-3-aza-fluorenyl, 5,6,7-trihydro- 1,2,4- triazolo[3,4-a]isoquinoly
  • sulfonyl whether used alone or linked to other terms such as alkylsulfonyl, denotes respectively divalent radicals -SO 2 -.
  • alkylthio or "thioalkyP'embraces radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom.
  • alkylthio is methylthio, (CH 3 S-).
  • aminoalkyl and diaminoalkyl embraces “N-alkylamino” and “N,N- dialkylamino", respectively, where amino groups are independently substituted with one alkyl radical and with two alkyl radicals, respectively.
  • alkylamino radicals include "lower alkylamino” radicals having one or two alkyl radicals of one to six carbon atoms, attached to a nitrogen atom.
  • Suitable alkylamino radicals may be mono or dialkylamino such as N-methylamino, N-ethylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N,N- diethylamino and the like.
  • Ci.ioalkyl-amino- denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two alkyl radicals, such as N-methylamino.
  • the alkylamino radicals may be further substituted on the alkyl portion of the radical.
  • aryl-alkyl-amino- or “aralkylamino”denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two aryl-substituted-alkyl radicals, such as benzyl- amino.
  • the aralkyl-amino radicals may be further substituted on the aryl or alkyl portion of the radical.
  • heterocyclyl-alkyl-amino- denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two heterocyclyl-substituted-alkyl radicals, such as piperidyl- methyl-amino.
  • the heterocyclyl-alkyl-amino radicals may be further substituted on the heterocycle or alkyl portion of the radical.
  • heteroaryl-alkyl-amino- or “heteroaralkylamino” denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two heteroaryl-substituted-alkyl radicals, such as pyrimidyl-amino.
  • the heteroaralkyl-amino radicals may be further substituted on the heteroaryl or alkyl portion of the radical.
  • arylamino denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two aryl radicals, such as N-phenylamino.
  • the arylamino radicals may be further substituted on the aryl ring portion of the radical.
  • heteroarylamino denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two heteroaryl radicals, such as N-thienylamino.
  • heteroarylamino radicals may be further substituted on the heteroaryl ring portion of the radical.
  • cycloalkyl includes saturated carbocyclic groups. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include C 3 -C 6 rings, such as compounds including, cyclopentyl, cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl.
  • cycloalkenyl includes carbocyclic groups having one or more carbon- carbon double bonds including “cycloalkyldienyl” compounds.
  • cycloalkenyl groups include C 3 -C 6 rings, such as compounds including, without limitation, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl and cycloheptadienyl.
  • the present invention comprises processes for the preparation of a compound of Formulae I, ⁇ , III and IV.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable salts are also included in the family of compounds of Formulas I - FV.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable salts embraces salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts and to form addition salts of free acids or free bases. The nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically-acceptable.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formulas I - FV may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids include, without limitation, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid.
  • organic acids include, without limitation, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, arylaliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, adipic, butyric, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucuronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, ethanedisulfonic, benzenesulfonic, pantothenic, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, sulfanilic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, camphoric, camphorsulf
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts of compounds of Formulas I - IV include, without limitation, metallic salts such as salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc, or salts made from organic bases including primary, secondary, tertiary amines and substituted amines including cyclic amines such as caffeine, arginine, diethylamine, N-ethyl piperidine, aistidine, glucamine, isopropylamine, lysine, morpholine, N-ethyl morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, triethylamine, trimethylamine.
  • metallic salts such as salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc
  • organic bases including primary, secondary, tertiary amines and substituted amines including cyclic amines such as caffeine, arginine, diethylamine, N-ethyl piperidine, aistidine, glucamine, iso
  • All of the salts contemplated herein may be prepared by conventional means from the corresponding compound by reacting, for example, the appropriate acid or base with the compound of Formulas I - IV.
  • a compound of Formulas I - rv may also form internal salts.
  • Compounds 5 of Formula I-TV can be prepared according to the method generally described in Scheme 1. As shown, a base assisted nucleophilic displacement reaction by a compound 2 of an aryl halide 1 (where the halide as shown is chloride, and where D' may be an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring) should generally afford amino intermediate 3.
  • Starting compounds 1 may be commercially available or prepared using methods described in the Examples below or by known techniques in the art.
  • the alcohol 2 is generally sufficiently nucleophilic, under suitable conditions, to displace the chloride of compound 1.
  • Compound 2 may also be a thiol, a primary or secondary amine or a nucleophilic carbon species (all of which are not shown) to effect the transformation to compound 3, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • the amine group on compound 2 may be protected as necessary or left unprotected, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • Suitable bases to yield compound 3 include, without limitation, carbonate bases such as cesium carbonate (CS 2 CO 3 ), Na 2 C ⁇ 3 , K 2 CO3 and the like in a suitable solvent, whose properties will generally depend upon the solubility of the starting materials, polarity, and other factors readily appreciated in the art.
  • Amine 3, if protected may generally first be deprotected, and then reacted with an optionally substituted chloro- pyridine, chloro-pyridazine (where A 8 is N), chloro- phthalazine (where R 7 and R 8 taken together form a phenyl ring) and the like under suitable conditions, including without limitation, under basic conditions (Method B4), acidic conditions (Method B 1 (TFA) or Method B2 (pTsOH and HCl) and heated conditions (Method B3), in suitable solvent or combination of solvents to afford compound 5, of Formula I.
  • Method B4 under basic conditions
  • Method B 1 acidic conditions
  • Method B2 pTsOH and HCl
  • heated conditions Methodhod B3
  • compounds may also be a compound with formulas ⁇ , HI and IV described herein. Representative examples of such reactions are further described hereinbelow.
  • compound 2 may also be a thiol, a primary or secondary amine or a nucleophilic carbon species (all of which are not shown) to effect the transformation to compound 7, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • the reaction may be accomplished without the need for acidic or basic conditions, and may also be accomplished at ambient temperatures, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Representative examples of such reactions are further described hereinbelow. Suitable transformation methods are known to those skilled in the art, and are generally described in Jerry March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4 th edition (1992), which disclosure is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Compounds 10 can be made by treating compounds 8 (where L 1 is as defined herein) with either of reagents 9 in a Suzuki (Method Al), Stille (Method A2) or Sonagashira (Method A3) type reaction, under conditions suitable for each reaction, respectively, as shown in scheme 3 (also referred to herein as General Method A).
  • Suzuki Metal Organic Chemical
  • Method A3 Sonagashira
  • Scheme 3 also referred to herein as General Method A
  • Scheme 3 also referred to herein as General Method A
  • Each reaction method is known in the art and generally appreciated by those skilled in the art. Examples of such reactions are described in further detail hereinbelow.
  • methods for Sonagashira reactions may be found in Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2003, 42, 5993-5996.
  • Ether linked R 6 groups may also be installed onto chloro-phthtalazines 8 using a base, such as cesium carbonate (Method A4) under suitable light conditions, such as irradiation, to afford compounds 10.
  • a base such as cesium carbonate (Method A4) under suitable light conditions, such as irradiation, to afford compounds 10.
  • Amine linked R 6 groups may also be afforded onto phthalazines 8 using heat (Method A5) in the presence of a suitable amine, such as piperidine, to provide compounds 10.
  • Compounds 13 may be prepared by a single reaction between a bromo-substituted compound 11 and a desired R 1 group appropriately substituted with a nucleophile or other suitable group to prepare compound 13. Such transformations may be accomplished using a variety of different methods, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. For example, desirable amino-R 1 groups can be installed at a suitable position on a D' ring by treating bromide 11 in the presence of a suitable palladium species and a suitable R'-halide, R 1 - amine or other desired R 1 -reagent under suitable conditions.
  • modified Suzuki conditions involving the use of a Pd(O) mediated-coupling with an aryl boronate in the presence of mild base, such as sodium or potassium carbonate or bicarbonate, in toluene may also afford compounds 13.
  • Compounds 13 can also be prepared using corresponding stannanes or zincates, as is known in the art.
  • desired R 1 groups may be installed onto the D'-ring using conventional methods (not shown), as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • the mobile phase used a mixture of solvent A (H 2 O/0.1% HOAc) and solvent B
  • compounds of interest were purified via reverse phase HPLC using a Gilson workstation with a,30 x 50 mm column at 40 mL/min.
  • the mobile phase used a mixture of solvent A (H 2 O/0.1% TFA) and solvent B (AcCN/0.1% TFA) with a 15 min gradient from 10% to 95% solvent B. The gradient is followed by a 2 min return to 10% AcCN.
  • Step 1 Diethyl 2-( (5 -bromopyridin-3-ylamino)methylene)malonate To a 500 mL RBF containing 5-bromopyridin-3-amine (60.0 g, 347 mmol) was added diethyl 2-(ethoxymethylene)malonate (71.0 mL, 354 mmol) and 121 mL of toluene. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 3 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool RT overnight, and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to give the desired product as a white crystalline solid.
  • Step 2 Ethyl 7-bromo-4-oxo-1.4-dihvdro-1.5-naphthyridine-3-carboxylate
  • Ethyl 7-bromo-4-oxo-l,4-dihydro-l,5-naphtyridine-3-carboxylate (1 g, 3 mmol) and 2.5 M NaOH (10 mL) were refluxed for 1 h in a RBF fitted with a reflux condenser.
  • the hot, heterogeneous mixture was diluted with boiling water at which point a tan precipitate dissolved.
  • Charcoal was added to the solution, which was swirled for 2 min and then the mixture was filtered. Glacial acetic acid was added to the filtrate and a white precipitate started to form (pH adjusted to 4). The precipitate was filtered off upon cooling, washed with water and dried to provide the desired product as a white solid.
  • Step 4 7-bromo-1.5-naphthyridin-4-ol
  • 7-bromo-4-hydroxy-l,5-naphthyridine-3- carboxylic acid (1 g, 4 mmol) was added in portions over 10 minutes to stirred refluxing quinoline (50 mL), and the resulting mixture was refluxed for 1 h.
  • the mixture was cooled and diluted with acetone.
  • the precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried to give 0.8 g of a grey-brown powder.
  • the product was reprecipitated from aq. NaOH with glacial acetic acid to give a white solid.
  • Step 5 3-bromo-8-chloro- 1.5-naphthyridine 7-Bromo-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ol (7.0 g) and phosphoryl chloride (200 mL) were refluxed for 5 h in a RBF fitted with a reflux condenser. Excess POCI 3 was distilled off under reduced pressure and the residue poured onto ice. This cold mixture was carefully neutralized with aq. ammonia, which caused an exotherm. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with water and dried. The product was recrystallized from n-heptane to give white needles of 3-bromo-8-chloro-l,5-naphthyridine.
  • Step 2 4-amino-3-bromo-2-methoxypyridine Methanol (350 mL) was charged in a two- neck RBF equipped with a guard tube and septum and cooled to 0 0 C. Sodium metal (23 g) was added to it slowly in pieces. After all sodium metal had dissolved, 4-amino-3- bromo-2-chloro pyridine (23 g, 178 mmol) was added and the solution was heated at 180 0 C in a pressure vessel for 5-6 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 0 C and adjusted to pH 8 by addition of cone. HCl. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was suspended in ethyl acetate.
  • Step 3 5-F(3-Bromo-2-methoxy-pyridin-4-ylamino>methylene1-2.2-dimethyl- ⁇ .31dioxane-4.6-dione
  • a two necked RBF equipped with a reflux condenser was charged with Meldrum's acid (15.6 g, 108 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate (143 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was heated 100 0 C for 2 h.
  • 4-amino-3-bromo-2-methoxypyridine 22 g, 108 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, diluted with hexane and filtered to obtain the product as a yellow solid.
  • Step 4 8-Bromo-7-methoxy-lH-[1.6 '
  • a two neck RBF equipped with an air condenser was charged with 5-[(3-Bromo-2- methoxy-pyridin-4-ylamino)-methylene]-2,2-dimethyl-[l ,3]dioxane-4,6-dione (23g, 64 mmol) and diphenyl ether (230 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 250 0 C for 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere after which it was cooled to RT, diluted with hexane and filtered to obtain a dark solid.
  • Step 1 3-Bromo-5-methoxypyridine Sodium (12 g) was dissolved in methanol (150 mL) while cooling, and excess MeOH was removed under reduced pressure to obtain NaOMe, which was azeotroped with toluene (2 x 100 mL). A solution of 3,5-dibromopyridine (100 g) in DMSO (500 mL) was added to sodium methoxide and the mixture was stirred at 90 0 C for 2 h. After cooling to RT, aqueous NaOH solution (3 M, 300 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with Et 2 O. The ethereal layer was washed with brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • Step 2 3-amino-5-methoxypyridine 3-Bromo-5-methoxypyridine (15 g) was added to a pressure vessel, and CuSO 4 (3.9 g) and 25% aq. ammonia (150 mL) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at 135 0 C, then cooled to RT, basified with aqeousNaOH solution, and extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 . After evaporation of volatiles, 3-amino-5-methoxypyridine was obtained as yellow solid.
  • Step 3 5-r(5-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylamino)-methylene1-2,2-dimethyl-fl.31dioxane-4.6- dione
  • a two-necked RBF equipped with a reflux condenser was charged with Meldrum's acid (14.4 g, 100 mmol) and trimethylorthoformate (100 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 100-105 0 C for 2 h.
  • 5-amino-3-methoxy pyridine (12.5 g, 100 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and heating was continued for an additional 4 h at the same temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, diluted with hexane and filtered to obtain the product as light yellow solid.
  • Step 4 -Methoxy-lH-ri.5]naphthyridin-4-one
  • a two-necked RBF equipped with an air condenser was charged with 5-[(5-Methoxy- pyridin-3-ylamino)-methylene]-2,2-dimethyl-[l,3]dioxane-4,6-dione (18 g) and diphenyl ether (180 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 240-250 0 C for 5 min under N 2 atmosphere after which it was cooled to RT, diluted with hexane and filtered to obtain a dark solid.
  • the crude product was refluxed in hexane for 30 min and filtered to obtain product as a brown solid.
  • Step 5 S-chloro-S-methoxy-LS-naphthyridine
  • Step 3 8-Chloro-2-methoxy-1.5-naphthyridine
  • the reaction mixture was heated to 110 °C with constant stirring. After 12 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and azeotroped with toluene (2 * 100 mL).
  • the residue was dissolved in ice-water (100 mL) and adjusted pW of the solution to 7 using 10% NaHCO 3 solution, and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL).
  • the combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 mL), saturated NaCl solution ( 100 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 1 lH-Pyrrolo ⁇ J-fripyridine
  • the title compound was prepared according to a procedure described in
  • WO2003082289A A solution of lH-pyrrolo[2,3-Z>]pyridine (10.0 g, 84.6 mmol) in ethyl acetate (846 ml, 84.6 mmol) was cooled to 0 °C. To the cold solution was added a solution of mCPBA (103 mmol, 23.1 g, 77% pure) in 53 mL of EtOAc over a period of 1.5 h. Halfway into the reaction, 100 mL of EtOAc was added to the reaction to ease stirring of the thick mixture. The residual mCPBA was washed into the reaction mixture by an additional portion of EtOAc (25 mL).
  • the r ⁇ CBA salt was treated with aqueous base to liberate the N-oxide.
  • a slurry or the N-oxide mCBA salt (35.5 g, 265 mmol) in 149 mL of deionized water at 15 °C was treated with sufficient amount of aqueous solution containing 30% by weight of potassium carbonate (11.0 g, 79.4 mmol) to raise the p ⁇ of the slurry between 9.5 to 10.5.
  • Additional water 74 mL was added to the mixture while the temperature was maintained between 15 0 C to rt for 2 h.
  • the slurry was cooled to 0 0 C for 5 h, and then filtered to recover the precipitate.
  • Step 1 6,7-Dimethoxycinnolin-4-ol l-(2-Amino-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanone (105 g, 0.538 mol) was dissolved in concentrated HCl (2000 mL, 20 mol) at ambient temperature. The solution was then cooled to 0-4 0 C, and sodium nitrite (37.5 g, 0.543 mol) was added dropwise over 45 minutes as a solution in water (200 mL). The, reaction mixture was stirred at 0-4 0 C for one hour during which time it turned dark brown and became homogenous. The reaction mixture was then heated to 60-70 0 C for four hours, and a yellow solid formed.
  • Phosphorus oxybromide (125 g, 0.436 mol) was added to a suspension of 6,7- dimethoxycinnolin-4-ol (65 g, 0.32 mol) in chloroform (550 mL, 6.9 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 65 0 C for 18 hours. Formation of a fine yellow solid was observed. The reaction mixture was poured onto crushed ice (200 g), and the pH was adjusted to 6-7 with sodium acetate (285 g) and sat. NaHC ⁇ 3 . The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL).
  • Step 1 5-r(3,5-Diflouro-phenylamino)-methylenel-2,2-dimethyl- ⁇ ,31 dioxane-4,6-dione
  • meldrum's acid (30g, 0.208 mole) was dissolved in triethylorthoformate (185g, 1.25 mole) and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 100 0 C under nitrogen for Ih.
  • 3,5-diflouroaniline 26.8 g, 0.208 mol
  • reaction mixture was brought to RT and diluted with hexane (300 ml) when yellow solid precipitated. The solid was filtered, washed thoroughly with hexane and dried to furnish the product.
  • the mixture concentrate was purified using Isco silica gel chromatography, using 0-100% CH 2 Cl 2 MeOH(SWiIOyCH 2 Cl 2 , followed by reverse phase chromatography (Gilson, 10-90% TFA/acetonitrile in water over 15 min).
  • the product- containing fractions were extracted into DCM, washed Ix sodium carbonate, 1 x H 2 O, dried with Na 2 SO 4 , filtered through fritted funnel, and concentrated to yield 4- isopropoxy-N-(4-(7-methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin- 1 -amine as a light yellow solid.
  • a 15 ml sealed pressure tube was charged with 4-chloro-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (120 mg, 0.269 mmol) and 4- methoxypiperidine (620 mg, 5.382 mmol), in 0.3 ml of DMSO.
  • the sealed tube was placed in a preheated oil bath at 100 0 C where it was stirred for 16 hours.
  • the reaction was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with 2ml of MeOH, and the solution purified using Gilson Reverse Phase HPLC.
  • the fractions containing the desired product was neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with 10 ml of DCM (3X).
  • the title compound, 7-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine was prepared by a method described in Ragan, J.A.; Raggon, J. W.; Hill, P.D.; Jones, B.P.; McDermott, R. E.; Munchhof, M. J.; Marx, M.A.; Casavant, J. M.; Cooper, B.A.; Doty, J.L.; Lu, Y. Org. Process Res. Dev. 2003, 7, 676-683, and related references cited therein.
  • the title compound may be prepared by the following method: In a nitrogen purged sealed pressure vessel, dissolved 4-aminophenol (0.617 g, 5.65 mmol) in DMF (0.030 L). Cesium carbonate (3.68 g, 11.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 5 min. Added 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (1.0Og, 5.14 mmol), heated to 90 0 C, stirred for 17 h.
  • a RBF was charged with 4-aminothiophenol (161 mg, 1.285 mmol), 8-chloro-3- methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (250 mg, 1.285 mmol) and 5.2 mL of DMF, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 45 min. The orange, heterogeneous mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with IN NaHCO 3 . The aqueous portion was extracted two additional times with EtOAc and the combined organics were dried with MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • Step 2 In a 25 RBF was added N-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine (290mg, 0.88 mmol), hydrobromic acid (2.4 mL, 44.2 mmol) and acetic acid (2.5 mL, 43.3 mmol), and a reflux condenser open to air was fitted and the RBF was heated to 130 0 C, while stirring, for 2 h. The reaction was cooled to RT, the mixture neutralized with 6N NaOH, upon which a yellow solid crashed out.
  • 1,4-Dichlorophthalazine (1.40 g, 7.03 mmol), 4-methylthiophen-2-ylboronic acid (999 mg, 7.03 mmol), and PdCl 2 (DPPF) (721 mg, 985 ⁇ mol) were added into a sealed tube.
  • the tube was purged with Argon.
  • sodium carbonate 2.0 M in water
  • 1,4-dioxane (35.2 ml, 7.03 mmol) were added.
  • the tube was sealed, stirred at RT for 5 min, and placed in a preheated oil bath at 110 0 C. After 1 h, LC-MS showed product and byproduct (double coupling), and SM dichlorophthalazine.
  • Step 1 ⁇ -CDimethylaminoMsoindoline-l.S-dione.
  • the title compound was prepared according to methods described in the following papers: (a) Deniau, E.; Enders. D.; Couture, A.; Grandclaudon, P. Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 2003, 14, 2253. (b) Saito, Y.; Sakamoto, T.; Kikugawa, Y. Synthesis 2001, 221. (c) Deniau, E.; Enders, D. Tetrahedron Lett. 2000, 41, 2347.
  • Step 2 2-(Dimethylamino)-3-hvdroxy-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)isoindolin-l -one
  • the title compound was prepared according to a method described in Saito, Y.; Sakamoto, T.; Kikugawa, Y. Synthesis 2001, 2, 221.
  • 2-(Dimethylamino)-3-hydroxy-3-(6- methylpyridin-2-yl)isoindolin- 1 -one (3.18 g, 11.0 mmol), EtOH ( 11.0 ml, 11.0 mmol), and hydrazine (5.30 ml, 168 mmol) were added into a RBF fitted with a reflux condenser. A nitrogen balloon was attached on top of the condenser. The reaction was refluxed overnight. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction was cooled to rt.
  • Step 4 l-Chloro-4-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)phthalazine
  • 4-(6- methylpyridin-2-yl)phthalazin-l(2H)-one 780 mg, 3.29 mmol
  • POCl 3 10.7 ml, 115 mmol
  • Step 1 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-ethyl-2-hvdroxy-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Step 3 3-chloro-6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazine
  • 6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazin-3(2H)-one (1.50 g, 6.4 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (6.0 ml, 64 mmol).
  • Hunig's base (1.2 ml, 7.0 mmol) was added to the mixture dropwise (slightly exothermic).
  • the flask was fitted with a reflux condenser and a nitrogen inlet and the mixture was heated at 110 0 C for 3 h.
  • 3-Cyanophenylboronic acid (0.056 g, 0.384 mmol), 4-chloro-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (0.150 g, 0.349 mmol), and 2.0 M sodium carbonate (0.349 mL, 0.698 mmol) were added to the tube, followed by l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium dichloride (0.013 g, 0.017 mmol). The tube was purged with nitrogen, sealed, and the mixture was heated to 100 °C for 17 h.
  • the reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture was heated to 90 0 C for 16 h.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with DCM and filtered over Celite.
  • the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a brown residue, which was purified by Gilson HPLC ⁇ 5-65% (0.1% TFA in CH 3 CN) in H 2 O over 20 min ⁇ .
  • the product-containing fractions were combined, basified by addition of aq. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM.
  • a 5 mL microwave tube was charged with 4-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)phthalazin-l- ylamino)phenol and 3 equivalents of cesium carbonate (342 mg, 1.048 mmol) in 1.8 mL of DMF. The mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min. Following addition of 8-chloro-3- methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (88 mg, 0.454 mmol), the vessel was capped and irradiated at 150 0 C for 15 min in the microwave, at which time the reaction was determined complete by LC/MS. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with water. The solids were filtered and washed with water.
  • Racemic-2-(di-r-butylphosphino)-l,l'-binaphthyl (84 mg, 210 ⁇ mol), 4-chloro-3-fluoro- 7-methoxyquinoline (67 mg, 315 ⁇ mol), 4-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)phthalazin-l- ylamino)phenol (80 mg, 210 ⁇ mol), cesium carbonate (137 mg, 420 ⁇ mol), and Pd 2 dba 3 (96 mg, 105 ⁇ mol) were combined in a resealable tube, and the tube was purged with nitrogen.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with DMSO and purified by Gilson HPLC ⁇ 5-65% (0.1% TFA in CH 3 CN) in H 2 O over 20 min ⁇ .
  • the product-containing fractions were combined, basif ⁇ ed by addition of aq. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM.
  • the organic portion was dried with Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to afford material that was further purified by silica gel chromatography, 90/10/1 CH 2 Cl 2 MeOHZNH 4 OH.
  • the title compound was prepared according to a method described in AIi, M. H.; Buchwald, S. L. J Org. Chem. 2001, 66, 2560.
  • Pd 2 (dba) 3 21 mg, 23 ⁇ mol
  • DavePhos 18 mg, 46 ⁇ mol
  • sodium fert-butoxide 110 mg, 1141 ⁇ mol
  • N-(4- (7-Bromoquinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine (237 mg, 456 ⁇ mol) was added to the purged tube, followed by morpholine (159 ⁇ l, 1825 ⁇ mol), 1,4-dioxane (2074 ⁇ l, 456 ⁇ mol), and tert-butanol (1037 ⁇ l, 456 ⁇ mol).
  • the tube was sealed and heated to 100 °C in an oil bath for 1 h.
  • the reaction was cooled to rt, and 22 mg of
  • the title compound was prepared according to a method described in Gamier, E.; Andoux, J.; Pasquinet, E.; Suzenet, F.; Poullain, D.; Lebret, B.; crizt, G. J. Org. Chem. 2004, 69, 7809.
  • Xantphos 22 mg, 39 ⁇ mol
  • 1,4-Dioxane 963 ⁇ l, 193 ⁇ mol
  • the tube was purged with argon, Palladium(II) acetate (4 mg, 19 ⁇ mol) was added, and the mixture was stirred under argon for 10 min.
  • N-(4-(6-bromoquinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l- amine 100 mg, 193 ⁇ mol
  • acetamide 57 mg, 963 ⁇ mol
  • potassium carbonate 7.98 mg, 5776 ⁇ mol
  • 1,4-dioxane 963 ⁇ l, 193 ⁇ mol
  • a pyrex reaction tube was charged with N-(4-(7-bromo-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine (200 mg, 0.384 mmol), ZnCN 2 (54.2 mg, 0.461 mmol), and palladium tetrakis (22.2 mg, 0.019 mmol) and was purged with nitrogen. 1.2 mL of DMF was added and the tube was purged with nitrogen for several minutes and then sealed. The reaction mixture was heated at 85 0 C for 4 h. Upon cooling the mixture was poured into water, and the solids were filtered and washed with water.
  • a 5 ml microwave tube was charged with 7-(4-aminophenoxy)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide (85 mg, 0.300 mmol) and l-chloro-4-phenylphthalazine (60 mg, 0.250 mmol) in 2.0 ml of tert-butanol.
  • the vessel was capped and irradiated at 140 0 C for 15 minutes in the microwave. Analysis of an aliquot of the crude mixture by LCMS showed remaining starting material and approximately 20% conversion to desired product. Irradiated at 150 0 C for an additional 20 minutes, at which time reaction was deemed complete by LCMS analysis. Cooled to ambient temperature and diluted reaction mixture with methanol.
  • a microwave reaction vial was charged with 4-chloroquinoline-7-carbonitrile (97.1 mg, 0.515 mmol), 4-(4-ethyl-6-phenylpyridazin-3-ylamino)phenol (150 mg, 0.515 mmol), cesium carbonate (252 mg, 0.772 mmol) and 2.6 mL of DMSO.
  • the vial was sealed, and the reaction mixture was irradiated in the microwave at 150 0 C for 15 min. Upon cooling the mixture was poured into water and the resulting solids were filtered and washed with water.
  • Step 1 7-methoxy-N-methyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-amine
  • n-methyl-4-nitroaniline 0.11 ml, 7.19 mmol
  • pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (1.81 g, 7.19 mmol)
  • 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridine 1.000 g, 5.14 mmol
  • n-BuOH 15 mL
  • the vessel was sealed and heated to 100 0 C. After 4 h, the mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with 1 N NaOH, and extracted with EtOAc.
  • Step 2 Nl-(7-methoxy-1.5-naphthyridin-4-yl)-Nl-methylbenzene-M-diamine
  • MeOH MeOH
  • EtOAc EtOAc
  • Step 1 7-Methoxy-4-(phenylthio)quinoline
  • 4-chloro-7-methoxyquinoline 1.00 g, 5.16 mmol
  • thiophenol 0.528 ml, 5.16 mmol
  • cesium carbonate 2.52 g, 7.75 mmol
  • DMSO DMSO
  • the crude reaction mixture was directly purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-10% CH 2 Cl 2 MeOH to afford 7-methoxy-4-(phenylthio)quinoline as a off-white solid.
  • MH+ 268.0.
  • Step 2 7-Methoxy-4-(phenylsulfinyl)quinoline
  • Step 5 N-(4-((7-Methoxyquinolin-4-vPmethyl)phenv0-4-phenylphthalazin- 1 -amine
  • a mixture of 1 -chloro-4-phenylphthalazine (0.082 g, 0.34 mmol) and 4-((7- methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)benzenamine (0.090 g, 0.34 mmol) in tBuOH (2.5 mL) was heated to 105 0 C in a resealable tube. After 3 hrs, the mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 and washed with saturated NaHC ⁇ 3 and brine.
  • N-(5-(7-methoxyquinolin-4-ylamino)pyrimidin-2-yl)benzamide 400 mg, 1077 ⁇ mol
  • the reaction was cooled to 0 °C, 50 mL Of CH 2 Cl 2 was added, and the mixture was neutralized with 6N NaOH. Solid precipitated out of the solution in the aqueous layer. The whole mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 1 5-((3.5-Dimethoxyphenylamino ' )methylene)-2.2-dimethyl-l ,3-dioxane-4,6-dione
  • 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione 5.3 g, 37 mmol
  • triethyl orthoformate 37 ml, 221 mmol
  • 3,5-Dimethoxybenzenamine 5.6 g, 37 mmol
  • Step 1 2-(Trimethylsilyl)furor3,2-blpyridine A sealed pressure flask was charged with 2-bromopyridin-3-ol (10.0 g, 57.5 mmol), ethynyltrimethylsilane (15.9 ml, 1 15 mmol), copper (I) iodide (1.09 g, 5.75 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride (2.02 g, 2.87 mmol) and 7.5 mL of dioxane.
  • Step 1 5-((3.5-Dimethoxyphenylamino)methylene)-2.2-dimethyl-1.3-dioxane-4.6-dione
  • 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione 5.3 g, 37 mmol
  • triethyl orthoformate 37 ml, 221 mmol
  • 3,5-dimethoxybenzenamine 5.6 g, 37 mmol
  • Step 1 2,2-Dimethyl-5-((4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenylamino)methylene)-l ,3-dioxane-4.6- dione
  • Step 1 1 -(2-methoxyethyl)-7-(4-nitrophenylthio)- 1 H-pyrrolor3,2-b1pyridine
  • potassium hydroxide (0.124 g, 2.21 mmol)
  • DMSO 5 mL
  • 7-(4-nitrophenylthio)-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine (.150 g, 0.553 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 45 minutes.
  • l-Bromo-2-methoxyethane (0.104 ml, 1.11 mmol) was added, the system was flushed with argon, and the reaction was stirred at RT for 2 hours.
  • Step 2 4-(l-(2-methoxyethyl)-lH-pyrrolo[3.2-blpyridin-7-ylthio)benzenamine
  • a sealed vial was charged with l-(2-methoxyethyl)-7-(4-nitrophenylthio)-lH-pyrrolo[3,2- bjpyridine (.147 g, 0.446 mmol) and methanol (5 mL).
  • Tin (II) chloride dihydrate 0.504 g, 2.23 mmol
  • the reaction was concentrated and dissolved in DCM.
  • the solution was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, which was extracted with DCM.
  • Step 2 2-(3.4-Bis(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylV4 > 4.5.5-tetramethyl-L3.2-dioxaborolane
  • 4-bromo-l,2-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)benzene (1.00 g, 3.28 mmol)
  • bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.25 g, 4.92 mmol)
  • potassium acetate 0.965 g, 9.83 mmol
  • dioxane 10 mL
  • l,r-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium dichloride (0.240 g, 0.328 mmol) was added, the system was flushed with argon, and the tube was sealed.
  • Step 3 (7-Methoxyquinolin-4-yl ' )(4-nitrophenyl)methanol
  • phenylmagnesium chloride 2.0 M in THF
  • Step 4 (7-Methoxyquinolin-4-vP(4-nitrophenyl)methanone
  • a mixture of (7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanol (220 mg, 0.709 ramol) and manganese dioxide (247 mg, 2.84 mmol) in CHCI3 (20 mL) was heated to 50 0 C. After 3 hrs, the mixture was cooled to RT and filtered over a silica plug to afford (7- methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanone as a yellow solid that was advanced without further purification.
  • MS: M+H+ 309.1.
  • Step 1 (2S.4R)- and (2R, 4K) 4-Fluoropyrrolidine-2-methyl ester
  • (2S,4R)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid 300 mg, 2254 ⁇ mol
  • 22 mL MeOH 22 mL
  • thionyl chloride 181 ⁇ l, 2479 ⁇ mol
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to warm slowly to RT, and stirring was continued overnight at 65 0 C.
  • the mixture was concentrated under high vacuum to provide methyl 4- fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate hydrochloride as a mixture of the (2S,4R) and (2R, 4R) diastereomers, confirmed by 1 H and 13 C NMR.
  • Step 2 (2S. 4RV and (2R. 4RVMethyl l-(2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl')methoxy > >carbonvnacetylV 4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate
  • (2S, 4R) (2R, 4R)-methyl 4-fluoropyrrolidine-2- carboxylate hydrochloride (350 mg, 1906 ⁇ mol)
  • lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-ol (309 mg, 2287 ⁇ mol)
  • 2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)acetic acid (567 mg, 1906 ⁇ mol)
  • N- ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (996 ⁇ l, 5719 ⁇ mol) and 7.6 mL DMF.
  • Step 4 (7R)-7-Fluoro-octahvdropyrro ⁇ lorh2-a]pyrazine
  • Step 1 fR)-l-Tert-butyl 2-methyl 4.4-difluoropyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylate
  • (R)-l-tert-butyl 2-methyl 4-oxopyrrolidine-l,2- dicarboxylate 750 mg, 3083 ⁇ mol
  • 12.3 mL DCM 12.3 mL
  • DAST 1018 ⁇ l, 7708 ⁇ mol
  • the reaction was quenched after 3 h by careful addition of saturated NaHCO 3 .
  • Step 2 Crude (S)-methyl-4.4-difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate TFA salt
  • (R)-l-tert-butyl 2-methyl 4,4-difluoropyrrolidine- 1,2-dicarboxylate 675 mg, 2545 ⁇ mol
  • 10.2 mL DCM 10.2 mL
  • trifluoroacetic acid 980 ⁇ l, 12724 ⁇ mol
  • the mixture was stirred at RT. After 6 h, TLC (50% hex/EtOAc, KMnO4 stain) indicated complete conversion.
  • the mixture was concentrated, and the crude (S)- methyl-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate TFA salt was use as is.
  • Step 3 (RVMethyl 1 -Q-(Tf 9H-fluoren-9-yl ' )methoxy ' )carbonyl ' )acetyl ' )-4.4- difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate
  • Fmoc-glycine 756 mg, 2543 ⁇ mol
  • IH- benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-ol (412 mg, 3052 ⁇ mol)
  • (S)-methyl-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2- carboxylate TFA salt (710 mg, 2543 ⁇ mol
  • Hunig'sBase 2221 ⁇ l, 12717 ⁇ mol
  • 10.2 mL DMF 10.2 mL DMF.
  • Step 4 (S)-7.7-Difluoro-hexahvdropyrrolo ⁇ ,2-alpyrazine-1.4-dione
  • (R)-methyl 1 -(2-(((9H-fluoren-9- yl)methoxy)carbonyl)acetyl)-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (1.10 g, 2475 ⁇ mol) and 25 mL MeOH.
  • Piperidine (1225 ⁇ l, 12375 ⁇ mol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at RT overnight.
  • Step 1 4-phenylnaphthalen-l -amine
  • 4-bromonaphthalen-l -amine 500 mg, 2251 ⁇ mol
  • phenylboronic acid 357 mg, 2927 ⁇ mol
  • PdCl 2 (dppf)-CH 2 Cl 2 adduct 91.9 mg, 113 ⁇ mol
  • 2.0 M sodium carbonate 2251 ⁇ l, 4503 ⁇ mol
  • 9.0 mL of dioxane 9.0 mL of dioxane.
  • the bottle was sealed and the mixture was heated at 85 0 C for 2 h.
  • LCMS showed desired product as the major component.
  • the mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with water.
  • the organic portion was dried, filtered and concentrated.
  • the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography, DCM to 2% MeOH/DCM to provide 4-phenylnaphthalen-l- amine.
  • MS: [M+H] 220.
  • Step 2 N-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-phenylnaphthalen-l -amine
  • a pyrex reaction tube was charged with sodium tert-butoxide (239 mg, 2490 ⁇ mol), Pd2(dba)3 (81.4 mg, 88.9 ⁇ mol), S-Phos (146 mg, 356 ⁇ mol), l-bromo-4- methoxybenzene (333 mg, 1779 ⁇ mol), 4-phenylnaphthalen-l -amine (390 mg, 1779 ⁇ mol) and dioxane.
  • the tube was sealed and the mixture was stirred at 100 0 C for 2 h.
  • LCMS showed complete conversion to product.
  • the mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with water.
  • a reaction vial was charged with N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4- phenylphthalazin-1 -amine (40 mg, 82 ⁇ mol), HBr (891 ⁇ l, 16408 ⁇ mol), and acetic acid (939 ⁇ l, 16408 ⁇ mol).
  • the vial was sealed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 85 0 C for 2 hrs.
  • Step 2 N-(4-(7-fDifluoromethoxyyi,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenviy4- phenylphthalazin- 1 -amine DMF (338 ⁇ l, 84 ⁇ mol) and water (68 ⁇ l, 84 ⁇ mol) were added to a mixture of cesium carbonate (39 mg, 118 ⁇ mol), sodium chlorodifluoroacetate (30 mg, 194 ⁇ mol), and 8-(4- (4-phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)-l,5-naphthyridin-3-ol (40 mg, 84 ⁇ mol) in a resealable tube.
  • cesium carbonate 39 mg, 118 ⁇ mol
  • sodium chlorodifluoroacetate 30 mg, 194 ⁇ mol
  • the tube was sealed and heated to 100 0 C for about 1.5 hrs, and then reaction progress was checked by LCMS. Conversion to N-(4-(7-(difluoromethoxy)-l,5- naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine was low, so the reaction mixture was heated to 100 0 C for an additional 20 hours and again checked by LCMS. LCMS analysis showed mass peak corresponding to N-(4-(7-(difluoromethoxy)-l,5- naphthyridin-4-y]thio)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine as the major peak. The reaction mixture was diluted with water.
  • the precipitate was taken up in minimal DMSO and methanol and purified by preparative HPLC ⁇ Gilson; 15-85% (0.1% TFA in CH 3 CN) in H 2 O over 20 min ⁇ . Clean fractions were combined and neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 then extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuo to afford pure N-(4-(7-(difluoromethoxy)-l,5- naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine as a white solid.
  • Step 1 (2-(5-Bromo-2-chlorophenoxy)ethv ⁇ (methyl ' )sulfane
  • Step 2 2-(4-Chloro-3-(2-(methylthio)ethoxy " )phenylV4.4.5.5-tetramethyl-l .3.2- dioxaborolane
  • Step 1 l-Methyl-4-(1 ⁇ imethylstannyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one
  • Example 397 4-(4-(4-(7-Methoxy-1.5-naphth
  • a microwave vial was charged with 3-fluoro-4-methylphenylboronic acid (0.058 g, 0.38 mmol), 4-chloro-N-(4-(2-(trimethylsilyl)furo[3,2-b]pyridin-7-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l- amine (.090 g, 0.19 mmol), and sodium carbonate (2.0 M in H2O) (0.38 ml, 0.75 mmol) and dissolved in toluene (1.5 mL) and water (.2 mL). Pd(Ph3P)4 (0.011 g, 0.0094 mmol) was added and the reaction was microwaved at 200 0 C for 30 minutes.
  • the reaction was partitioned between water and DCM. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The material was redissolved in 2 mL THF and TBAF (0.23 ml, 0.23 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was concentrated and purified via Gilson HPLC (10-90% ACN:H 2 O). The clean fractions were partitioned between saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and DCM and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM.
  • the mixture was cooled to RT, quenched with water, extracted into ethyl acetate, washed 1 X water, 1 X NaCl, dried with Na 2 SO 4 , filtered through fritted funnel, and filtrate was concentrated.
  • the crude concentrate was purified by reverse phase chromatography. The product containing fractions were extracted into DCM, washed 1 x sodium carbonate, 1 x H2O, dried with
  • Step 1 Tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-(7-methoxy-1.5-naphthwidm-4-ylthio)phenylamino)phthalazin-
  • Step 2 N-(4-(7-Methoxy-1.5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio ' )phenviy4- ⁇ ,2,3,6-tetrahvdropyridin- 4-yl " )phthalazin- 1 -amine
  • tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- y lthio)phenylamino)phthalazin- 1 -yl)-5 ,6-dihydropyridine- 1 (2H)-carboxylate (0.20O g, 0.337 mmol) in DCM (1.00 mL).
  • a pressure-resistant vial was charged with 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (1200mg, 6166 ⁇ mol), boron tribromide (6412 ⁇ l, 67825 ⁇ mol) and dichloroethane (10277 ⁇ l, 6166 ⁇ mol).
  • the vessel was sealed and the mixture was stirred at 60 0 C for 16 h.
  • the reaction mixture was carefully diluted with DCM, and the solids were filtered.
  • the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography with 40-70% (90:10:1 DCMMeOHZNH 4 OHyDCM to afford 8-chloro-l,5-naphthyridin-3-ol.
  • Step 3 N-(4-(7-(BenzyloxyH.5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl ' )-4-(4- chlorophenvDphthalazin-l -amine
  • a pyrex reaction tube was charged with 4-(4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l- ylamino)phenol hydrochloride (344 mg, 894 ⁇ mol), 3-(benzyloxy)-8-chloro-l,5- naphthyridine (220 mg, 813 ⁇ mol), cesium carbonate (662 mg, 2032 ⁇ mol) and 4.1 mL DMSO.
  • the tube was sealed and the mixture was heated at 100 0 C for 4 h. Water was added and the resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried.
  • Step 4 8-(4-(4-(4-(4-Chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l -ylamino ' )phenoxy)-l ,5-naphthyridin-3-ol
  • N-(4-(7-(benzyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l -amine 400 mg, 687 ⁇ mol
  • 10% Pd/C (73.1 mg, 687 ⁇ mol)
  • 3.4 mL MeOH MeOH
  • the invention further provides methods for making compounds of Formulas I-IV.
  • methods for making compounds of Formulas I-IV for example, and in one embodiment, there is provided a method of making a compound of Formula 1, the method comprising the step of reacting compound of Formula A
  • a 8 and R 6"8 of the compound of formula A and A 1 , A 2 , D', L 1 , R 1 , A 3"6 and n of the compound of formula B are as defined herein, to make a compound of Formula I.
  • This method may also be used to make a compound of Formulas ⁇ , EI and IV. While the examples described above provide processes for synthesizing compounds of Formulas I - IV, other methods may be utilized to prepare such compounds. In the procedures described herein, the steps may be performed in an alternate order and may be preceded, or followed, by additional protection/deprotection steps as necessary.
  • protecting groups may be used. Particularly, if one or more functional groups, for example carboxy, hydroxy, amino, or mercapto groups, are or need to be protected in preparing the compounds of the invention, because they are not intended to take part in a specific reaction or chemical transformation, various known conventional protecting groups may be used. For example, protecting groups typically utilized in the synthesis of natural and synthetic compounds, including peptides, nucleic' acids, derivatives thereof and sugars, having multiple reactive centers, chiral centers and other sites potentially susceptible to the reaction reagents and/or conditions, may be used.
  • the protecting groups may already be present in precursors and should protect the functional groups concerned against unwanted secondary reactions, such as acylations, etherifications, esterif ⁇ cations, oxidations, solvolysis, and similar reactions. It is a characteristic of protecting groups that they readily lend themselves, i.e. without undesired secondary reactions, to removal, typically accomplished by solvolysis, reduction, photolysis or other methods of removal such as by enzyme activity, under conditions analogous to physiological conditions. It should also be appreciated that the protecting groups should not be present in the end-products. Those of ordinary skill in the art know, or can easily establish, which protecting groups are suitable with the reactions described herein.
  • the procedures may further use appropriate reaction conditions, including inert solvents, additional reagents, such as bases (e.g., LDA, DIEA, pyridine, K 2 CO 3 , and the like), catalysts, and salt forms of the above.
  • additional reagents such as bases (e.g., LDA, DIEA, pyridine, K 2 CO 3 , and the like), catalysts, and salt forms of the above.
  • the intermediates may be isolated or carried on in situ, with or without purification. Purification methods are known in the art and include, for example, crystallization, chromatography (liquid and gas phase, and the like), extraction, distillation, trituration, reverse phase HPLC and the like, many of which were utilized in the Examples above. Reactions conditions such as temperature, duration, pressure, and atmosphere (inert gas, ambient) are known in the art and may be adjusted as appropriate for the reaction.
  • solvents or diluents All synthetic procedures described herein can be carried out either in the absence or in the presence (usually) of solvents or diluents.
  • the solvents should be inert with respect to, and should be able to dissolve, the starting materials and other reagents used.
  • Solvents should be able to partially or wholly solubilize the reactants in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensing agents or neutralizing agents, for example ion exchangers, typically cation exchangers for example in the H + form.
  • the ability of the solvent to allow and/or influence the progress or rate of the reaction is generally dependant on the type and properties of the solvent(s), the reaction conditions including temperature, pressure, atmospheric conditions such as in an inert atmosphere under argon or nitrogen, and concentration, and of the reactants themselves.
  • Suitable solvents for conducting reactions to synthesize compounds of the invention include, without limitation, water; esters, including lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, e.g., EtOAc; ethers including aliphatic ethers, e.g., Et 2 O and ethylene glycol dimethylether or cyclic ethers, e.g., THF; liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, including benzene, toluene and xylene; alcohols, including MeOH, EtOH, 1-propanol, IPOH, n- and t-butanol; nitriles including CH 3 CN; halogenated hydrocarbons, including CH 2 Cl 2 , CHCl 3 and CCl 4 ; acid amides including DMF; sulfoxides, including DMSO; bases, including heterocyclic nitrogen bases, e.g.
  • carboxylic acids including lower alkanecarboxylic acids, e.g., AcOH
  • inorganic acids including HCl, HBr, HF, H 2 SO 4 and the like
  • carboxylic acid anhydrides including lower alkane acid anhydrides, e.g., acetic anhydride
  • cyclic, linear, or branched hydrocarbons including cyclohexane, hexane, pentane, isopentane and the like, and mixtures of these solvents, such as purely organic solvent combinations, or water-containing solvent combinations e.g., aqueous solutions.
  • solvents and solvent mixtures may also be used in "working-up" the reaction as well as in processing the reaction and/or isolating the reaction product(s), such as in chromatography.
  • the invention further includes salt forms of compounds of Formulas I, ⁇ , III and FV.
  • Salts of a compound of the invention having a salt-forming group may be prepared in a conventional manner or manner known to persons skilled in the art.
  • acid addition salts of compounds of the invention may be obtained by treatment with an acid or with a suitable anion exchange reagent.
  • a salt with two acid molecules for example a dihalogenide
  • a salt with one acid molecule per compound for example a monohalogenide
  • this may be done by heating to a melt, or for example by heating as a solid under a high vacuum at elevated temperature, for example from 50 0 C to 170 0 C, one molecule of the acid being expelled per molecule of the compound.
  • Acid salts can usually be converted to free-base compounds, e.g. by treating the salt with suitable basic agents, for example with alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal hydrogen carbonates, or alkali metal hydroxides, typically potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide.
  • suitable basic agents for example with alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal hydrogen carbonates, or alkali metal hydroxides, typically potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide.
  • the invention further encompasses pro-drugs of compounds of Formulas I, II, III and rV.
  • a phosphate group may be a pro-drug derivative of an alcohol group or an amine group, or an ester may be a pro-drug of a carboxylic acid functional group.
  • Phosphate groups may be incorporated into desired compounds of Formulas I, ⁇ , III and IV in order to improve upon in-vivo bioavailability and/or other pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic properties of the compound.
  • the invention further encompasses "intermediate" compounds, including structures produced from the synthetic procedures described, whether isolated or not, prior to obtaining the finally desired compound. Structures resulting from carrying out steps from a transient starting material, structures resulting from divergence from the described method(s) at any stage, and structures forming starting materials under the reaction conditions are all "intermediates" included in the invention. Further, structures produced by using starting materials in the form of a reactive derivative or salt, or produced by a compound obtainable by means of the process according to the invention and structures resulting from processing the compounds of the invention in situ are also within the scope of the invention.
  • Starting materials of the invention are either known, commercially available, or can be synthesized in analogy to or according to methods that are known in the art. Many starting materials may be prepared according to known processes and, in particular, can be prepared using processes described in the examples. In synthesizing starting materials, functional groups may be protected with suitable protecting groups when necessary. Protecting groups, their introduction and removal are described above.
  • optical isomers can be obtained by resolution of the racemic mixtures according to conventional processes, e.g., by formation of diastereoisomeric salts, by treatment with an optically active acid or base.
  • appropriate acids are tartaric, diacetyltartaric, dibenzoyltartaric, ditoluoyltartaric, and camphorsulfonic acid and then separation of the mixture of diastereoisomers by crystallization followed by liberation of the optically active bases from these salts.
  • a different process for separation of optical isomers involves the use of a chiral chromatography column optimally chosen to maximize the separation of the enantiomers.
  • Still another available method involves synthesis of covalent diastereoisomeric molecules by reacting compounds of the invention with chiral reagents, such as an optically pure acid in an activated form or an optically pure isocyanate.
  • the synthesized diastereoisomers can be separated by conventional means such as chromatography, distillation, crystallization or sublimation, and then hydrolyzed to deliver the enantiomerically pure compound.
  • the optically active compounds of the invention can likewise be obtained by using optically active starting materials. These isomers may be in the form of a free acid, a free base, an ester or a salt.
  • the compounds of this invention may also be represented in multiple tautomeric forms.
  • the invention expressly includes all tautomeric forms of the compounds described herein.
  • the compounds may also occur in cis- or trans- or E- or Z- double bond isomeric forms. All such isomeric forms of such compounds are expressly included in the present invention. All crystal forms of the compounds described herein are expressly included in the present invention.
  • Substituents on ring moieties e.g., phenyl, thienyl, etc.
  • the compounds of the invention may be modified by appending appropriate functionalities to enhance selective biological properties. Such modifications are known in the art and include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological compartment (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion.
  • a compound of the invention may be modified to incorporate a hydrophobic group or "greasy" moiety in an attempt to enhance the passage of the compound through a hydrophobic membrane, such as a cell wall.
  • Aurora Kinase HTRF Assays AuroraA-TPX2-Homogeneous Time Resolved Fluorescent (HTRF) Kinase Assay:
  • the Aurora-A HTRF assay begins with Aurora-A in the presence of ATP phosphorylating the biotinylated peptide PLK. The reaction incubates for about 120 min. Detection reagents are added to quench the reaction. These agents stop the reaction by diluting out the enzyme and chelating the metals due to the presence of EDTA. After addition, the assay is incubated overnight to allow the detection reagents to equilibrate.
  • the AuroraA HTRF assay comprises 1 ⁇ L of compound in 100% DMSO, 20 ⁇ L of ATP and biotinylated PLK, and 20 ⁇ L of AuroraA-TPX2 KD GST for a final volume of about 41 ⁇ L.
  • the final concentration of PLK is about 1 ⁇ M.
  • Buffer conditions are as follows: 6OmM HEPES pH 7.5, 25mM NaCl, 1OmM MgCl, 2mM DTT, 0.05% BSA.
  • the assay is quenched and stopped with 160 ⁇ L of detection reagent.
  • Detection reagents are as follows: Buffer made of 5OmM Tris, pH 7.5, 10OmM NaCl, 3mM EDTA, 0.05% BSA, 0.1% Tween20.
  • Steptavidin allophycocyanin SA-APC
  • Eu-anti-PLK europilated anti-phosphoPLK Ab
  • the assay plate is read in either a Discovery or a RubyStar.
  • the eu-anti-PLK is excited at 320 nm and emits at 615 nm to excite the SA-APC which in turn emits at 655 nm.
  • the AuroraB HTRF assay begins with AuroraB in the presence of ATP phosphorylating the biotinylated peptide Histone H3. The reaction incubates for about 90 min. the reaction is quentched by addition of detection reagents, which stop the reaction by diluting out the enzyme and chelating the metals due to the presence of EDTA. After addition, the assay is incubated for about 60 min to allow detection reagents to equilibrate.
  • the AuroraB HTRF assay comprises 1 ⁇ L of compound in 100% DMSO, 20 ⁇ L of ATP and biotinylated Histone H3, and 20 ⁇ L of AuroraB FL His for a final volume of
  • the final concentration of Histone H3 is 0.1 ⁇ M.
  • Buffer conditions are as follows: 5OmM HEPES pH 7.5, 5mM NaCl, 0.5mM MgCl, .
  • Detection reagents are as follows: Buffer made of 5OmM Tris, pH 7.5, 10OmM NaCl, 3mM EDTA, 0.05% BSA, 0.1 % Tween20. Added to this buffer prior to reading is Steptavidin allophycocyanin (SA-APC) at a final cone in the assay of 0.001 mg/mL, and europilated anti-phosphoHistoneH3 Ab (Eu-anti-HisH3) at a final cone of 0.064 nM.
  • SA-APC Steptavidin allophycocyanin
  • the assay plate is read in either a Discovery or a RubyStar.
  • the eu-anti-HisH3 is excited at 320 nm and emits at 615 nm to excite the SA-APC which in turn emits at 655 nm.
  • the ratio of SA-APC at 655 nm (excited due to close proximity to the Eu-anti-
  • Table I includes related biological data, which may be interpreted using the activity gauge below.
  • Selected Examples 29-45 and 74-370 exhibited an average activity in the Aurora kinase B HTRF assay as follows: "+” represents an activity (IC 5 o) in the range of 2.5uM - 500 nM; "++” represents an activity (IC 50 ) in the range of 500 - 100 nM; and "+++” represents an activity (IC 50 ) of less than 100 nM.
  • This assay is to evaluate the ability of selected individual compounds to induce Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) content (ploidy) in cells through failed cell division.
  • Cell cycle analysis is a rapid and efficient way to evaluate the status of DNA content (ploidy) of a given cell.
  • HeLa cells IxIO 4 HeLa cells/well
  • MEM+10%FBS lOOul of media
  • cells were treated for 24 hrs with inhibitor compounds (10 pt. Dose ranging from 0.0024 - 1.25 umol/L).
  • the compounds were serially diluted in DMSO (0.25% final concentration).
  • the cells were fixed (3.7% Formaldehyde and 1% glutaraldehyde) and permeabilized (Ix PBS with 1% BSA an d ⁇ .2% Triton X-100) in preparation for nuclear staining.
  • the well plates were stained for 45 minutes at RT in the dark using Hoechest 33342 nuclear stain at 0.5 ug.ml (Stock of lOmg/ml, Invitrogen, CA, Cat # H3570). The nuclear stain was removed by aspiration and the cells were washed with wash buffer.
  • a Cellomics Array Scan Vti plate reader was used to acquire the DNA ploidy data of the cells using Cell Cycle bioapplication.
  • HCTl 16 xenografts a human colon carcinoma model.
  • HCTl 16 cells were chosen to evaluate compounds of Formulas I-IV in a tumor model based on in vitro data having showed a marked increase in polyploidy in the cells in response to Aurora B inhibition. These cells were grown as subcutaneous xenografts in female HSD (Harlan Sprague Dawley) athymic nude mice. Mice were implanted subcutaneously with 2 x 10 6 cells in matrigel on day 0.
  • Treatment was initiated on day 10 with compounds of the invention at the indicated dosage p.o for 2 consecutive-days per week (intermittent schedule, such as 2 days on - 5 days off) or 7- days (continuous schedule) per week, for a selected number of weeks.
  • animals were dosed with selected compound samples BED on an intermittent dosing paradigm of two days on and then 5 days off per week, for four weeks (four dosing cycles) at 15, 7.5, and 3.75mg/kg.
  • Tumor growth inhibition and body weights were measured throughout the study and compared to the vehicle control group. All groups were provided nutritional supplements on a daily basis throughout the study to maintain body weight. Terminal neutrophil counts were taken at the end of this study.
  • HCT 116 cells were re-suspended to a cell concentration of about 2 x 10 7 cells/ml in serum-free McCoys 5 A media + 50% matrigel. Cell viability was measured to be about 99.3%.
  • mice Female Athymic Nude mice approximately 14 weeks of age (Harlan Sprague Dawley) were used for the experiment. Mice were housed five per filter-capped cage in sterile housing in an environmentally controlled room (temperature 23 ⁇ 2 0 C, relative humidity 50 ⁇ 20%) on a 12-hr light/dark cycle. Animals were fed a commercial rodent chow (Formulation 8640; Tek Lab, Madison, WI) and received filter-purified tap water ad libitum. Dietary calcium and phosphorus contents were 1.2% and 1.0%, respectively. Mice were individually identified by microchips (Biomedic Data Systems, Inc - Seaford, DE) implanted subcutaneously at least one week prior to the study.
  • microchips Biomedic Data Systems, Inc - Seaford, DE
  • the following Examples exhibited an inhibition of tumor growth in the 116HCT tumor xenograph model: 160 (-86% inhibition @ 3.75mg/kg 2-day dosing scheduling QD); 165 (-63% inhibition @ 2.5 mg/kg 2-day dosing scheduling BID); and 207 (-67% inhibtion @ 5.0 mg/kg 2-day dosing scheduling QD).
  • the compounds of the invention have Aurora kinase modulatory activity in general, and inhibitory activity in particular.
  • a method of modulating Aurora kinase enzyme in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective dosage amount of a compound of a compound of Formulas I - IV.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used to treat cellular proliferation disorders, including uncontrolled cell growth and aberrant cell cycle regulation.
  • the compounds are also useful for treating disorders related to hyper- proliferation of cells in normal tissue, including without limitation, non-tumor bearing and metastatic tissue. For example, one use may be to protect normal hair follicles from chemotherapy induced alopecia.
  • compounds of the invention are useful for, but not limited to, the prevention or treatment of cancer and other Aurora kinase-mediated diseases or disorders.
  • compounds of the invention would be useful for the treatment of various solid and hematologically derived tumors, such as carcinomas, including, without limitation, cancer of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung (including small cell lung cancer), esophagus, gall-bladder, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, and skin (including squamous cell carcinoma); hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage (including leukemia, acute lymphocitic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell-lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burkett's lymphoma); hematopoietic tumors of myeloid lineage (including leukemia
  • tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system including astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma and schwannomas); and other tumors (including melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer and Kaposi's sarcoma).
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of cancer related indications such as solid tumors, sarcomas (especially Ewing's sarcoma and osteosarcoma), retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcomas, neuroblastoma, hematopoietic malignancies, including leukemia and lymphoma, tumor- induced pleural or pericardial effusions, and malignant ascites.
  • the compound of the invention may also be used to treat chemotherapy-induced thrombocytopenia, since the compounds may increase platelet count be increasing the rate of megakaryocyte maturation.
  • the compounds would also be useful for treatment of ophthalmological conditions such as corneal graft rejection, ocular neovascularization, retinal neovascularization including neovascularization following injury or infection, diabetic retinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and neovascular glaucoma; retinal ischemia; vitreous hemorrhage; ulcerative diseases such as gastric ulcer; pathological, but non-malignant, conditions such as hemangiomas, including infantile hemaginomas, angiofibroma of the nasopharynx and avascular necrosis of bone; and disorders of the female reproductive system such as endometriosis.
  • the compounds are also useful for the treatment of edema, and conditions of vascular hyperpermeability.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of conditions wherein undesired angiogenesis, edema, or stromal deposition occurs in viral infections such as Herpes simplex, Herpes Zoster, AIDS, Kaposi's sarcoma, protozoan infections and toxoplasmosis, following trauma, radiation, stroke, endometriosis, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, systemic lupus, sarcoidosis, synovitis, Crohn's disease, sickle cell anemia, Lyme disease, pemphigoid, Paget's disease, hyperviscosity syndrome, Osler- Weber-Rendu disease, chronic inflammation, chronic occlusive pulmonary disease, asthma, and inflammatory rheumatoid or rheumatic disease.
  • the compounds are also useful in the reduction of sub-cutaneous fat and for the treatment of obesity.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of ocular conditions such as ocular and macular edema, ocular neovascular disease, scleritis, radial keratotomy, uveitis, vitritis, myopia, optic pits, chronic retinal detachment, post-laser complications, glaucoma, conjunctivitis, Stargardt's disease and Eales disease in addition to retinopathy and macular degeneration.
  • ocular conditions such as ocular and macular edema, ocular neovascular disease, scleritis, radial keratotomy, uveitis, vitritis, myopia, optic pits, chronic retinal detachment, post-laser complications, glaucoma, conjunctivitis, Stargardt's disease and Eales disease in addition to retinopathy and macular degeneration.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of cardiovascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, restenosis, arteriosclerosis, vascular occlusion and carotid obstructive disease.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in treatment and therapy of proliferative diseases.
  • these compounds can be used for the treatment of an inflammatory rheumatoid or rheumatic disease, especially of manifestations at the locomotor apparatus, such as various inflammatory rheumatoid diseases, especially chronic polyarthritis including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile arthritis or psoriasis arthropathy; paraneoplastic syndrome or tumor-induced inflammatory diseases, turbid effusions, collagenosis, such as systemic Lupus erythematosus, poly-myositis, dermato-myositis, systemic sclerodermia or mixed collagenosis; postinfectious arthritis (where no living pathogenic organism can be found at or in the affected part of the body), seronegative spondylarthritis, such as spondylitis ankylosans; vasculitis,
  • the compounds of the invention can also be used as active agents against such disease states as arthritis, atherosclerosis, psoriasis, hemangiomas, myocardial angiogenesis, coronary and cerebral collaterals, ischemic limb angiogenesis, wound healing, peptic ulcer Helicobacter related diseases, fractures, cat scratch fever, rubeosis, neovascular glaucoma and retinopathies such as those associated with diabetic retinopathy or macular degeneration.
  • some of these compounds can be used as active agents against solid tumors, malignant ascites, hematopoietic cancers and hyperproliferative disorders such as thyroid hyperplasia (especially Grave's disease), and cysts (such as hypervascularity of ovarian stroma, characteristic of polycystic ovarian syndrome (Stein- Leventhal syndrome)) since such diseases require a proliferation of blood vessel cells for growth and/or metastasis.
  • thyroid hyperplasia especially Grave's disease
  • cysts such as hypervascularity of ovarian stroma, characteristic of polycystic ovarian syndrome (Stein- Leventhal syndrome)
  • the compounds of the invention can also be used as active agents against burns, chronic lung disease, stroke, polyps, anaphylaxis, chronic and allergic inflammation, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, brain tumor-associated cerebral edema, high-altitude, trauma or hypoxia induced cerebral or pulmonary edema, ocular and macular edema, ascites, and other diseases where vascular hyperpermeability, effusions, exudates, protein extravasation, or edema is a manifestation of the disease.
  • the compounds will also be useful in treating disorders in which protein extravasation leads to the deposition of fibrin and extracellular matrix, promoting stromal proliferation (e.g. fibrosis, cirrhosis and carpal tunnel syndrome).
  • these compounds are useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals, including mammals, rodents, and the like.
  • animals including horses, dogs, and cats may be treated with compounds provided by the invention.
  • compositions also referred to as medicaments, comprising the active compounds of Formulas I - III in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients and/or carriers, diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as "excipient” materials) and, if desired, other active ingredients.
  • excipient diluents and/or adjuvants
  • the pharmaceutically active compounds of this invention can be processed in accordance with conventional methods of pharmacy to produce medicinal agents for administration to patients, including humans and other mammals.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered to a subject by any suitable route, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition, adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended.
  • the compounds and compositions of the present invention may, for example, be administered orally, mucosally, topically, rectally, pulmonarily such as by inhalation spray, or parentally including intravascularly, intravenously, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly intrasternally and infusion techniques, in dosage unit formulations containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, including carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosage unit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient.
  • dosage units are tablets or capsules.
  • these may contain an amount of active ingredient from about 1 to 2000 mg, and typically from about 1 to 500 mg.
  • a suitable daily dose for a human or other mammal may vary widely depending on the condition of the patient and other factors, but, once again, can be determined using routine methods and practices.
  • the amount of compounds which are administered and the dosage regimen for treating a disease condition with the compounds and/or compositions of this invention depends on a variety of factors, including the age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject, the type of disease, the severity of the disease, the route and frequency of administration, and the particular compound employed. Thus, the dosage regimen may vary widely, but can be determined routinely using standard methods.
  • a daily dose of about 0.01 to 500 mg/kg, advantageously between about 0.01 and about 50 mg/kg, and more advantageously about 0.01 and about 30 mg/kg body weight may be appropriate.
  • the daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day.
  • the active compounds of this invention are ordinarily combined with one or more "excipients" appropriate to the indicated route of administration.
  • the compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, to form the final formulation.
  • the active compound(s) and excipient(s) may be tableted or encapsulated by known and accepted methods for convenient administration.
  • suitable formulations include, without limitation, pills, tablets, soft and hard-shell gel capsules, troches, orally-dissolvable forms and delayed or controlled-release formulations thereof.
  • capsule or tablet formulations may contain one or more controlled-release agents, such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, as a dispersion with the active compound(s).
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin (e.g., liniments, lotions, ointments, creams, pastes, suspensions and the like) and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear, or nose.
  • a suitable topical dose of active ingredient of a compound of the invention is 0.1 mg to 150 mg administered one to four, preferably one or two times daily.
  • the active ingredient may comprise from 0.001% to 10% w/w, e.g., from 1% to 2% by weight of the formulation, although it may comprise as much as 10% w/w, but preferably not more than 5% w/w, and more preferably from 0.1% to 1% of the formulation.
  • the active ingredients When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed with either paraff ⁇ nic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in- water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol such as propylene glycol, butane- 1, 3 -diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol, polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulation may desirably include a compound, which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or , other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include DMSO and related analogs.
  • the compounds of this invention can also be administered by transdermal device.
  • transdermal administration will be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir and porous membrane type or of a solid matrix variety.
  • the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient.
  • the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane.
  • the oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner.
  • the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier, it may comprise a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil.
  • a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizers) make-up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base, which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include, for example, Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax, or other materials well known in the art.
  • the choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low.
  • the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
  • Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters may be used. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredients are dissolved or suspended in suitable excipient, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredients.
  • suitable excipient especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredients.
  • the active ingredients are preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% and particularly about 1.5% w/w.
  • Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or non- aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions. These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules using one or more of the excipients, carriers or diluents mentioned for use in the formulations for oral administration or by using other suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, tragacanth gum, and/or various buffers. Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art.
  • the active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition with suitable carriers including saline, dextrose, or water, or with cyclodextrin (ie. Captisol), cosolvent solubilization (ie. propylene glycol) or micellar solubilization (ie. Tween 80).
  • suitable carriers including saline, dextrose, or water, or with cyclodextrin (ie. Captisol), cosolvent solubilization (ie. propylene glycol) or micellar solubilization (ie. Tween 80).
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed, including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be administered in the form of an aerosol or with an inhaler including dry powder aerosol.
  • Suppositories for rectal administration of the drug can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols that are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
  • a suitable non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols that are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
  • compositions may be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or may contain conventional adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, buffers etc. Tablets and pills can additionally be prepared with enteric coatings. Such compositions may also comprise adjuvants, such as wetting, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • the compounds of the invention can be dosed or administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent, they can also be used in combination with one or more compounds of the invention or in conjunction with other agents.
  • the therapeutic agents can be formulated as separate compositions that are administered simultaneously or sequentially at different times, or the therapeutic agents can be given as a single composition.
  • co-therapy or "combination-therapy"
  • co-therapy in defining use of a compound of the present invention and another pharmaceutical agent, is intended to embrace administration of each agent in a sequential manner in a regimen that will provide beneficial effects of the drug combination, and is intended as well to embrace coadministration of these agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single capsule having a fixed ratio of these active agents or in multiple, separate capsules for each agent.
  • the administration of compounds of the present invention may be in conjunction with additional therapies known to those skilled in the art in the prevention or treatment of cancer, such as with radiation therapy or with neoplastic or cytotoxic agents. If formulated as a fixed dose, such combination products employ the compounds of this invention within the accepted dosage ranges.
  • Compounds of Formulas I-III may also be administered sequentially with known anticancer or cytotoxic agents when a combination formulation is inappropriate. The invention is not limited in the sequence of administration; compounds of the invention may be administered either prior to, simultaneous with or after administration of the known anticancer or cytotoxic agent.
  • antineoplastic agents available in commercial use, in clinical evaluation and in pre-clinical development, which would be selected for treatment of neoplasia by combination drug chemotherapy.
  • Such antineoplastic agents fall into several major categories, namely, antibiotic-type agents, alkylating agents, antimetabolite agents, hormonal agents, immunological agents, interferon-type agents and a category of miscellaneous agents.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be used in co-therapies with other anti-neoplastic agents, such as other kinase inhibitors including angiogenic agents such as VEGFR inhibitors, p38 inhibitors and CDK inhibitors, TNF inhibitors, metallomatrix proteases inhibitors (MMP), COX-2 inhibitors including celecoxib, rofecoxib, parecoxib, valdecoxib, and etoricoxib, NSAID' s, SOD mimics or O v ⁇ 3 inhibitors.
  • kinase inhibitors including angiogenic agents such as VEGFR inhibitors, p38 inhibitors and CDK inhibitors, TNF inhibitors, metallomatrix proteases inhibitors (MMP), COX-2 inhibitors including celecoxib, rofecoxib, parecoxib, valdecoxib, and etoricoxib, NSAID' s, SOD mimics or O v ⁇ 3 inhibitors.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • AIDS & HIV (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to chemical compounds having a general formula (I), wherein A1-8, D,, L1, L2, R1, R6-8 and n are defined herein, and synthetic intermediates, which are capable of modulating various protein kinase receptor enzymes and, thereby, influencing various disease states and conditions related to the activities of such kinases. For example, the compounds are capable of modulating Aurora kinase thereby influencing the process of cell cycle and cell proliferation to treat cancer and cancer-related diseases. The invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions, including the compounds, and methods of treating disease states related to the activity of Aurora kinase.

Description

AURORA KEVASE MODULATORS AND METHOD OF USE
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/922,205, filed April 5, 2007, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to the field of pharmaceutical agents and, more specifically, is directed to compounds and compositions useful for modulating Aurora kinase, and to uses and methods for managing cell proliferation and for treating cancer.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Cancer is one of the most widespread diseases afflicting mankind and a major cause of death worldwide. In an effort to find an effective treatment or a cure for one or more of the many different cancers, over the last couple of decades, numerous groups have invested a tremendous amount of time, effort and financial resources. However, to date, of the available cancer treatments and therapies, only a few offer any considerable degree of success.
Cancer is often characterized by unregulated cell proliferation. Damage to one or more genes, responsible for the cellular pathways, which control progress of proliferation through the cell cycle, typically causes the loss of normal regulation of cell proliferation. These genes code for various proteins, which participate in a cascade of events, including protein phosphorylation, leading to cell-cycling progression and cell proliferation. Various kinase proteins have been identified, which play roles in the cell cycling cascade and in protein phosphorylation in particular. One class of proteins found to play a part in cell cycling and, therefore, cell proliferation is the Aurora kinase family of proteins. Aurora kinases are enzymes of the serine/threonine kinase family of proteins, which play an important role in protein phosphorylation during the mitotic phase of the cell cycle. There are three known members of the Aurora kinase family, Aurora A, Aurora B and Aurora C, also commonly referred to as Aurora 2, Aurora 1 , and Aurora 3, respectively.
The specific function of each Aurora kinase member in mammalian cell cycle has been studied. Aurora-A is localized to the centrosome during interphase and is important for centrosome maturation and to maintain separation during spindle assembly. Aurora-B localizes to the kinetochore in the G2 phase of the cell cycle until metaphase, and relocates to the midbody after anaphase. Aurora-C was thought to function only in meiosis, but more recently has been found to be more closely related to Aurora-B, showing some overlapping functions and simlar localization patterns in mitosis. Each aurora kinase appears to share a common structure, including a highly conserved catalytic domain and a very short N-terminal domain that varies in size. (See R. Giet and C. Prigent, J. Cell. ScL, 112:3591-3601 (1999)).
Aurora kinases appear to be viable targets for the treatment of cancer. Aurora kinases are overexpressed in various types of cancers, including colon, breast, lung, pancrease, prostate, bladder, head, neck, cervix, and ovarion cancers. The Aurora-A gene is part of an amplicon found in a subset of breast, colon, ovarian, liver, gastric and pancreatic tumors. Aurora-B has also been found to be overexpressed in most major tumor types. Overexpression of Aurora-B in rodent fibroblasts induces transformation, suggesting that Aurora-B is oncogenic. More recently, Aurora-B mRNA expression has been linked to chromosomal instability in human breast cancer. (Y. Miyoshi et al., Int. J. Cancer, 92:370-373 (2001)).
Further, inhibition of one or more of the Aurora kinases by several parties has been shown to inhibit cell proliferation and trigger apoptosis in several tumor cell lines. Particularly, inhibition of Aurora has been found to arrest cell cycling and promote programmed cell death via apoptosis. Accordingly, there has been a strong interest in finding inhibitors of Aurora kinase proteins.
Thus, the inhibition of Aurora kinases has been regarded as a promising approach for the development of novel anti-cancer agents. For example, WO 04/039774 describes aza-quinazolinones for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora kinase, WO 04/037814 describes indazolinones for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora-2 kinase, WO 04/016612 describes 2, 6, 9-substituted purine derivatives for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora kinase, WO 04/000833 describes tri- and tetra-substituted pyrimidine compounds useful for treating Aurora-meiated diseases, WO 04/092607 describes crystals useful for screening, designing and evaluating compounds as agonists or antagonists of Aurora kinase and U.S. Patent No. 6,919,338 and WO 03/055491 each describe substituted quinazoline derivatives as inhibitors of Aurora-2 kinase.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides a new class of compounds useful for modulating one or more of the Aurora kinase enzymes and for treating Aurora kinase-mediated conditions and/or diseases, including cancer. In one embodiment of the invention, the compounds, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are generally defined by Formula I
Figure imgf000004_0001
I wherein A1"8, D', L1, L2, R1, R6-8 and n are defined herein.
In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of Formulas II, IH and IV, which are similar in structure to Formula I above.
The invention also provides processes for making compounds of Formulas I - IV, as well as intermediates useful in such processes.
The compounds provided by the invention have Aurora kinase modulatory activity and, in particular, Aurora kinase inhibitory activity. To this end, the invention also provides the use of these compounds, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in the preparation and manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition or medicament for therapeutic, prophylactic, acute or chronic treatment of Aurora kinase mediated diseases and disorders, including without limitation, cancer. Thus, the compounds of the invention are useful in the manufacture of anti-cancer medicaments. For example, in one embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition (also referred to herein as a medicament) comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, III or IV in association with at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, adjuvant or diluent.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
In one embodiment of the invention, compounds useful for treating Aurora kinase and related disorders, including cancer and inflammation, are defined by Formula I:
Figure imgf000005_0001
or stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein each of A1 and A2, independently, is N or CR2, provided no more than one of A1 and A2 is N; each of A3, A4, A5 and A6, independently, is N or CR3, provided that no more than two of A3, A4, A5 and A6 is N; each of L1 and L2, independently, is -O-, -NR4-, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO2- or - CR4R4-, wherein each R4, independently, is H, halo, OH, C1-6alkoxyl,
Figure imgf000005_0002
CN or Ci-βalkyl; each of A7 and A8, independently, is N or CR5, provided at least one of A7 and A8 is N;
D' is a 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R1; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-]0-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3-I0-CyClOaIlCyI,
Figure imgf000005_0003
Ci.io-alkylamino-, Cj-io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NRyRy, -C(O)R*, -C00R% -OC(O)R% -C(O)C(O)R% -C(O)NR 9yτR>9% -NRX(O)R*, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- 10-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000005_0004
Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Cj- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9; each R2, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000006_0001
C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-10-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, CMo-alkoxylj Cj.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Cuio-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4.i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-10-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9;
R5 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-10-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000006_0002
C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, CMO- dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each of R6, R7 and R8, independently, is R9; alternatively, either of R6 or R8, independently, taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-I0-CyClOaIlCyI, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-]o-alkenyl, C2-10-alkynyl, Q.io-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Q.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C1-6alkoxyl, C3- βcycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
R10 is H, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Q.io-cycloalkyl, C4-io- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2.io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Cμio-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000007_0001
Q- 6alkoxyl,'C3^cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that (1) when D' is a phenyl ring, A1 is CH and A2 is CR2 in Formula I above, than R2 is not CN; or (2) when A1 is CH, A2 is N and L1 is -NR4-, then D' is not
Figure imgf000007_0002
wherein one of X and Y is N and the other of X and Y is an optionally substituted carbon atom.
Accordingly, while the above embodiment includes quinoline D ring compounds, the present invention does not encompass those compounds of Formula I where when either of A1 or A2, independently, is CR2, then R2 is a cyano group. In addition, the present invention does not include those compounds of Formula I wherein the D ring is a
pyrimidine ring having A1 as CH and A2 as N while the D' ring is
Figure imgf000007_0003
wherein one of X and Y is N and the other of X and Y is an optionally substituted carbon atom.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A1 is N and A2 is CR2, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A1 is CR2 and A2 is N, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A1 and A2 independently, is CR2, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A1 and A2 independently, is CR2 wherein R2 is either H or a halogen, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein D' is a 5-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R1, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein D' is a 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R1, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein D' is
Figure imgf000008_0001
wherein X1 is O, S or NR1 , X2 is CR1 or N and R1 and n are as defined in Formula I, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein D' is
Figure imgf000008_0002
wherein X1 is O, S or NR1 , X2 is CR1 or N and R1 and n are as defined in Formula I, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A3, A4, A5 and A6 is CR3, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein three of A3, A4, A5 and A6 is CH, and one of A3, A4, A5 and A6 is CR3, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A3, A4, A5 and A6 is CH, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A3 is N and each of A4, A5 and A6 is CR3, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A4 is N and each of A3, A5 and A6 is CR3, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A5 is N and each of A3, A4 and A6 is CR3, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A6 is N and each of A3, A4 and A4 is CR3, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A3 and A6 is N and each of A4 and A5 is CR3, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A4 and A5 is N and each of A3 and A6 is CR3, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A3 and
A4 is N and each of A5 and A6 is CR3, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A7 is N and A8 is CR5, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A8 is N and A7 is
CR5, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A7 and A8 is N, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L1 is -O-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L1 is -NR4-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L1 is -NH-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L1 is -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L1 is -C(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L1 is -S(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L1 is -SO2-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L1 is -CR4R4-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L1 is -O-, -NR4- or -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L1 is -O- or -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -O-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -NR4-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -NH-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -C(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. hi another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -S(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. hi another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -SO2-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -CR4R4-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R1 is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.10-alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C2- lo-alkynyl, C3.i0-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, C1- lo-alkoxyl, Ct-io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, -NR9R9 or -C(O)R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R1 is COOR9, - OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, -NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), - OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2NR9R9 or -NR9S(O)2R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R1 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3.io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, CMO- alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each R2, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, CM0-alkyl, C2. lo-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cj-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, C].io- dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each R2, independently, is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each R2, independently, is R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, OH, SH, NO2, NH2,
Figure imgf000011_0001
C2- 6-alkenyl, C2^-alkynyl, Ci-6-alkylamino-, Ci-β-alkoxyl, Ci-6-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, d.10-alkyl, C2- 10-alkenyl, C2-)o-alkynyl, Cs.io-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000011_0002
Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-I0- dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each R3, independently, is R2 is H,lialo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, C1-6-alkyl, C2- 6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, Ci-6-alkylamino-,
Figure imgf000012_0001
Or -C(O)R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each R3, independently, is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each R4, independently, is H, halo, OH,
Figure imgf000012_0002
CN or Ci-6alkyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each R4, independently, is H, CN or
Figure imgf000012_0003
in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each R4, independently, is H or Ci-ealkyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R5 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, C1-10-alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R5 is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Cj.io-alkyl, C2-]o-alkenyl, C2-]o-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000012_0004
Figure imgf000012_0005
Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents ofR10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^aHcyl, C1-6alkoxyl, C3. 6cycloalkyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci. 6alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3_6cycloalkyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of R7 and R8 independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000013_0001
CM0- alkylamino-, Ci-10-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C1-10-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein either of R7 or R8, independently, is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.jo-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, Cio-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-10-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci-βalkyl,
Figure imgf000013_0002
Ci.10-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R8 taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R8 taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a ring selected from phenyl, cyclohexyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl and cyclopenyl, the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R8 taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a ring selected from phenyl, pyridyl and pyrimidyl, the ring optionally substituted independently with 1- 4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R8 taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl ring, optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-10-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Cj.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C
Figure imgf000014_0001
^alkyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and
R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3.1o-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000015_0001
Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 siibstituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl,
Figure imgf000015_0002
C3- 6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl ring, optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A1 and A2, independently, is CR2;
L1 is -O-, -S- or -NR4-;
L2 is -NR4-; and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C1-6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C1-I0- alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula II:
Figure imgf000016_0001
π or stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein
A2 is N or CR2; each of A3, A4, A5 and A6, independently, is N or CR3, provided that no more than two of A3, A4, A5 and A6 is N;
L1 is -O-, -S-, or -NR4-;
D' is a 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R1; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-io-cycloalkyl, Gno-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Cioo-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9;
R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, C1-10-alkyl> C2-I0- alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3-io-cycloalkyl, C4.10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, CMO- dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs^o-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-10-alkylamino-, Q.io-dialkylaminor, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R4, independently, is H or
Figure imgf000017_0001
R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-Io- alkynyl, Ca-io-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, CM0- alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci-βalkyl,
Figure imgf000017_0002
Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; each of R7 and R8, independently, is R9; alternatively, R7 and R8, independently, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6- membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Q.io-alkyl, C2.io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Ca-io-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-10-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3.i0-cycloalkyl, Q-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000017_0003
C^alkoxyl, C3- δCycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
R10 is H, acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C2-]o-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, CVio-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Q- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000018_0001
Q- βalkoxyl, C3^cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
provided that (1) when A2 is N and L1 is -NR4-, then D' is not
Figure imgf000018_0002
H wherein one of X and Y is N and the other of X and Y is an optionally substituted carbon atom.
In another embodiment, Formula π includes compounds wherein D' is
Figure imgf000018_0003
wherein X is O, S or NR1 and R1 and n are as defined in the immediately proceeding embodiment; and
L1 is -O- or -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula II includes compounds wherein R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000018_0004
Cj.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, d.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula II-A:
Figure imgf000019_0001
Π-A or stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein
A2 is N or CR2; each of A3 and A6, independently, is N or CR3, provided that no more than one of A3 and A6 is N;
L1 is -O-, -S-, or -NR4-;
D' is a 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R1; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs^o-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Cioo-alkoxyl, Ci-]0-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.jo-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Q- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9;
R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl,
Figure imgf000020_0001
each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000020_0003
d-β-alkoxyl,
Figure imgf000020_0002
or - C(O)R9;
Figure imgf000020_0004
R6 is R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, CM0-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2.i0-alkynyl, C-Mo-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Cμio-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000020_0005
Gj-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
R10 is H, acetyl, Cj.io-alkyl, C2-]o-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000020_0006
C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, C^o-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C1-]0-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C]-6alkyl, Q- 6alkoxyl, Cs^cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and o is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula EH:
Figure imgf000021_0001
III or stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein one of A1 and A2 is N and the other of one of A1 and A2 is CR2; each of A3, A4, A5 and A6, independently, is N or CR3, provided that no more than two of A3, A4, A5 and A6 is N; each of L1 and L2, independently, is -O-, -NR4-, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO2- or - CR4R4-, wherein each R4, independently, is H or
Figure imgf000021_0002
each R1, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Ca-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-)o-alkynyl, C3- 10-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, C].i0-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.10-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9; R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-I0- alkenyl, C2.io-alkynyl, Q.io-cycloalkyl, C4.io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, CMO- dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl Or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2.i0-alkynyl, C3-10-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9;
R6 Js R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, CM0-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-]o-alkynyl, C3-I0-CyClOaIlJyI, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000022_0001
C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 sdbstituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, Ci.jo-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
R10 is H, acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C2.i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3- κ)-cycloalkyl, Gno-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, Ci- 6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In another embodiment, Formula HI compounds include compounds wherein
A1 Js CR^d AMs N; each of A3, A4, A5 and A6, independently, is CR3; L1 is -O-, -NR4- or -S-;
L2 is -NR4-; each R1, independently, is H, halo, CF3, C2F5, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine, isopropylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -C(O)NHR9, -NHC(O)R9, - NHC(O)NHR9, -NH(COOR9), -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NHR9, -NHS(O)2NHR9, - NHS(O)2R9 or a ring selected from phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, thϊophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, said ring optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R9;
R2 is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine; each R3, independently, is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine; each R4, independently, is H or Q^alkyl; and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C1-6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, CM<r alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula IH compounds include compounds wherein A1 is CR2 and A2 is N; one ofA3, A4, A5 and A6 is N and others of A3, A4, A5 and A6 are each CR3; L1 is -O-, -NR4- or -S-; L2 is -NR4-; each R1, independently, is H, halo, CF3, C2F5, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine, isopropylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -C(O)NHR9, -NHC(O)R9, - NHC(O)NHR9, -NH(COOR9), -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NHR9, -NHS(O)2NHR9, - NHS(O)2R9 or a ring selected from phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, said ring optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substiruents of R9;
R2 is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine; each R3, independently, is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine; each R4, independently, is H or
Figure imgf000024_0001
and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C1-I0- alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula EQ-A:
Figure imgf000025_0001
m-A or stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein
A2 is CR2 or N;
A3 is N or CR3;
L1 is -O-, -NR4-, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO2- or -CR4R4-, wherein each R4, independently, is H or
Figure imgf000025_0002
each R1, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-]o-alkenyl, C2.io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4,10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, d-io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9; each R2, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, OH, SH, NO2,
NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Q-io-cycloalkyl, C4-]0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-I0- alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-]0-alkoxyl, Ci-)0-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9;
R6 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, C1-I0- alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-10-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C.jo-dialkylamino-, C,-]0-alkoxyl, CM0-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3.10-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-I0- alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-I0-CyClOaIM, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1 -3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Q.io-alkyl, C2.i0-alkenyl, C2.]0-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000026_0001
C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C].i0-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; R10 is H, acetyl, Cj.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Ca-io-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, CVio-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Q-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C$. lo-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, CVio-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- 10-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000027_0001
Ci- 6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides compounds generally defined by Formula IV:
Figure imgf000027_0002
rv or stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein each of A4 and A5, independently, is N or CR3;
L1 is -0-, -NR4-, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO2- or -CR4R4-, wherein each R4, independently, is H, halo, OH,
Figure imgf000027_0003
D is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 8-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and said ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R1 ; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, d.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs^o-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Q-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the'Cj.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3_ lo-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci- 10-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-io-alkyl, C2.i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, Cuo-alkylamino-, Ci-I0- dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(0)C].io-alkyl;
R5 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-10-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-I0- dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; R6 is R9;
R9 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, CM0- alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Cio-dialkylamino-, CM0-alkoxyl, C1-10-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-I0-CyClOaIlCyI, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-I0- alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
R10 is H, acetyl, Q.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Ca^o-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the CVio-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Cμio-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C]-6alkyl, C1- 6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and o is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4. In another embodiment, Formula IV compound include compounds wherein each of A4 and A5, independently, is CR3, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula IV compound include compounds wherein R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-10-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, Ci- 6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula IV compound include compounds wherein R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Cj- 6alkyl, C]-6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula IV compound include compounds wherein ring D is a 8-, 9- or 10-membered fused bicyclic ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R1, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
The many different embodiments for the various elements, chemical moieties or R or L groups described and defined hereinabove with respect to compounds of Formula I also apply, and are included herein, to compounds of Formula π, II- A, III, ID-A and IV where appropriate, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art.
In yet another embodiment, Formulas I, π, II- A, HI, πi-A and IV include the exemplary compounds and derivatives, progrugs, solvates, tautomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, intermediates related thereto, examples of which are described in the Examples herein. For example, and in another embodiment, the invention provides the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, selected from: IN-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4- phenyl- 1 -phthalazinamine;
"N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-l,3- thiazol-2-yl)-l -phthalazinamine;
'4-ethyl-N-(6-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)-3-pyridinyl)-6-phenyl- 3 -pyridazinamine;
•4-((4-((4-(4-methyl-l,3-thiazol-2-yl)-l-phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)oxy)-7- quinol inecarbonitrile; Η-(3 -fluoro-4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-phenyl- 1 - phthalazinamine; rN-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,6-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-phenyl- 1 - phthalazinamine; lN-(4-((6,7-bis(methyloxy)-4-quinazolinyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-phenyl- 1 - phthalazinamine;
7sl-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-2- pyridinyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
TSf-(7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,6-naphthyridin-4-yl)-N'-(4-phenyl- 1 -phthalazinyl)- 1 ,4- benzenediamine; 'N-3-(methyloxy)-8-((4-((4-(4-methylphenyl)-l- phthalazinyl)methyl)phenyl)oxy)-l,5-naphthyridine;
IN-(6-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)-3-pyridinyl)-4-(6-methyl-2- pyridinyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; '4-(5-chloro-2-thienyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-
1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-((4-((4-(4-(methyloxy)phenyl)-l-phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)oxy)-7- quinolinecarbonitrile;
'4-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-indol-2-yl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)-l -phthalazinamine;
IN-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-((4-((4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-l-phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)oxy)-7- quinolinecarbonitrile; and '4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine.
In another embodiment, the invention provides the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, selected from
'4-(l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)-l -phthalazinamine;
'4-(2,3-dihydro-l-benzofuran-5-yl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-(3-chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin- 4-yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; '4-(6-fluoro-3-pyridinyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)pheny I)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-(2-methyl-l,3-benzothiazol-5-yl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)-l -phthalazinamine;
'4-(3, 4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
•N-(4-((2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-5-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4- phenyl- 1 -phthalazinamine; '4-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-indol-5-yl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-ethyl-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-6-(5-methyl-2- thienyl)-3-pyridazinamine; and 4-( 1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)-l -phthalazinamine.
In another embodiment, the invention provides the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, selected from
IN-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridb-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(5-pyrimidinyl)-l- phthalazinamine;
IN-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-phenylthieno[2,3- d]pyridazin-7-amine;
'4-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5 -naphthyridin~4-yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine; '4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(6-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)-3- pyridinyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-(5-chloro-2-pyridinyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy )phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-(6-chloro-3 -pyridinyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5 -naphthyridin-4- y l)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-(4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-((4-((4-(4-chloropheny I)- 1 -phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)thio)-7- quinolinecarbonitrile; '4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(thieno[3 ,2-b]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine;
'8-((4-((4-(4-chlorophenyl)- 1 -phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)oxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridine- 3-carbonitrile;
N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)thio)phenyl)-4-phenyl-1- phthalazinamine;
N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-(4-methylthiophen-2- yl)phthalazin- 1 -amine;
4-ethyl-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-6-phenylpyridazin-3- amine; 6-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-ethyl-N-(6-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)pyridin-3- yl)pyridazin-3-amine;
6-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-ethyl-N-(6-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)pyridin-3- yl)pyridazin-3 -amine; lN-(4-((6-(methyloxy)-4-quinolinyl)thio)pheny l)-4-phenyl- 1 -phthalazinamine;
IN-(4-((2-(3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)thio)phenyl)- 4-phenyl-l -phthalazinamine; and
'4-(5-chloro-2-pyridinyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)thio)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine.
DEFINITIONS
The following definitions should further assist in understanding the scope of the invention described herein.
The terms "cancer" and "cancerous" when used herein refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth. Examples of cancer include, without limitation, carcinoma, lymphoma, sarcoma, blastoma and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, cervical cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon carcinoma, and head and neck cancer. While the term "cancer" as used herein is not limited to any one specific form of the disease, it is believed that the methods of the invention will be particularly effective for cancers which are found to be accompanied by unregulated levels of Aurora kinase(s) in the mammal.
The terms "treat", "treating" and "treatment" as used herein refer to therapy, including without limitation, curative therapy, prophylactic therapy, and preventative therapy. Prophylactic treatment generally constitutes either preventing the onset of disorders altogether or delaying the onset of a pre-clinically evident stage of disorders in individuals.
The term "mammal" as used herein refers to any mammal classified as a mammal, including humans, cows, horses, dogs and cats. In one embodiment of the invention, the mammal is a human.
A "pharmaceutically-acceptable derivative" denotes any salt (also referred to as "pharmaceutically-acceptable salt"), any prodrug such as a phospshate or an ester of a compound of this invention, or any other compound which upon administration to a patiβnt is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of this invention, or a metabolite or residue thereof, characterized by the ability to inhibit Aurora kinase.
The phrase "therapeutically-effective" is intended to quantify the amount of each agent, which will achieve the goal of improvement in disorder severity and the frequency of incidence over treatment of each agent by itself, while avoiding adverse side effects typically associated with alternative therapies.
The terms "ring" and "ring system" refer to a one or more rings, typically fused together where more than one ring, comprising the delineated number of atoms, said atoms being carbon or, where indicated, a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. The ring itself, as well as any substitutents thereon, may be attached at any atom that allows a stable compound to be formed. The term "nonaromatic" ring or ring system refers to the fact that at least one, but not necessarily all, rings in a bicyclic or tricyclic ring system is not fully unsaturated.
"Leaving groups" generally refer to groups that are displaceable by a nucleophile. Such leaving groups are known in the art. Examples of leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halides (e.g., I, Br, F, Cl), sulfonates (e.g., mesylate, tosylate), sulfides (e.g., SCH3), N-hydroxsuccinimide, N-hydroxybenzotriazole, and the like. Nucleophiles are species that are capable of attacking a molecule at the point of attachment of the leaving group causing displacement of the leaving group. Nucleophiles are known in the art. Examples of nucleophilic groups include, but are not limited to, amines, thiols, alcohols, Grignard reagents, anionic species (e.g., alkoxides, amides, carbanions) and the like.
Where the term "alkyl" is used, either alone or within other terms such as "haloalkyl" and "alkylamino", it embraces linear or branched radicals preferably having alpha to beta number of carbon atoms. For example a Ci-Cio alkyl is an alkyl comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, /er/-butyl, pentyl, isoamyl, hexyl and the like. It is contemplated herein that alkyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated. The term "alkenyl", alone or in combination, embraces linear or branched radicals having at least one carbon-carbon double bond and having two or more carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl radicals include, without limitation, ethenyl, propenyl, allyl, propenyl, butenyl and 4-methylbutenyl. The term "alkenyl" embrace radicals having "cis" and "trans" orientations, or alternatively, "E" and "Z" orientations, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art. It is contemplated herein that alkenyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
The term "alkynyl", alone or in combination, denotes linear or branched radicals having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and having two or more carbon atoms. Examples of alkynyl radicals include, without limitation, ethynyl, propynyl (propargyl), butynyl, and the like. It is contemplated herein that alkynyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
The term "halo", alone or in combination, means halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms. The term "haloalkyl", alone or in combination, embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. For example, this term includes monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals such as a perhaloalkyl. A monohaloalkyl radical, for example, may have either an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the radical. Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. Examples of haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofiuoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl. "Perfluoroalkyl", as used herein, refers to alkyl radicals having all hydrogen atoms replaced with fluoro atoms. Examples include trifluoromethyl and pentafluoroethyl.
The term "alkoxy", alone or in combination, embraces linear or branched oxy- containing radicals each having alkyl portions of alpha to beta number of carbon atoms. For example, a CMO alkoxy radical indicates an alkoxide having one to ten carbon atoms, arranged in a linear or branched fashion, attached to an oxygen atom. Examples of such radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy and tert-butoxy. Alkoxy radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide "haloalkoxy" radicals. Examples of such radicals include fluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, fluoroethoxy and fluoropropoxy. The term "partially or fully saturated" as used herein, refers to a moiety, linear, branched or cyclic in nature, having no atom-atom double or triple bonds (fully saturated) or having one or more atom-atom double or triple bonds which are arranged such that where the structural moiety is cyclic, the cycle is not fully unsaturated (non-aromatic), as appreciated by those skilled in the art. The term "fully unsaturated" as used herein, refers to a moiety having double or triple bonds, arranged in a manner such that the structure is aromatic in nature, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
The term "aryl", alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic moiety containing one, two or even three rings wherein such rings may be attached together in a fused manner. Thus the term "aryl" embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, anthracenyl, and indanyl. Said "aryl" group may have 1 or more substituents such as lower alkyl, hydroxyl, halo, haloalkyl, nitro, cyano, alkoxy and lower alkylamino, and the like. Phenyl substituted with -0-CH2-O- forms an aryl benzodioxolyl substituent. Aryl as used herein, implies a fully unsaturated ring.
The term "heterocycles" or "heterocyclic radicals", alone or in combination, embraces saturated, partially saturated and partially unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. This term does not include rings containing -O-O-,-O-S- or -S-S- portions. Said "heterocycle" may have 1 or more substituents such as hydroxyl, Boc, halo, haloalkyl, cyano, lower alkyl, lower aralkyl, oxo, lower alkoxy, amino and lower alkylamino.
Examples of saturated heterocyclic radicals include saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic groups containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms [e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, piperazinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. morpholinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., thiazolidinyl]. Examples of partially saturated (or partially unsaturated) heterocyclyl radicals include dihydrothienyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuryl and dihydrothiazolyl. The term "heteroaryl" radicals, alone or in combination, embraces fully unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. Examples of heteroaryl radicals include unsaturated 5 to 6 membered heteromonocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, for example, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl [e.g., 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, IH-1, 2,3 -triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl]; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, for example, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, etc.; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing a sulfur atom, for example, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, etc.; unsaturated 5- to 6- membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl [e.g., 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4- oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl]; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl [e.g., 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl]. The terms "heterocycle" and "heteroaryl" also embraces radicals which are fused/condensed with aryl radicals: unsaturated condensed heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups containing 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms, for example, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl [e.g., tetrazolo [l,5-b]pyridazinyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl]; and saturated, partially unsaturated and unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen or sulfur atoms [e.g. benzofuryl, benzothienyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxinyl and dihydrobenzofuryl]. Examples of heterocyclic radicals include five to ten membered fused or unfused radicals. Further examples of heteroaryl radicals include quinolyl, isoquinolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, furyl, and pyrazinyl. Other examples of heteroaryl radicals are 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, containing one or two heteroatoms selected from sulfur, nitrogen and oxygen, such as thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl and pyrazinyl radicals.
Examples of non-nitrogen containing heteroaryl include, without limitation, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, and the like.
Examples of partially and fully saturated heterocyclyl include, without limitation, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiazolidinyl, dihydrothienyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[l,4]dioxanyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, 1,2-dihydroquinolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolyl, 2,3,4,4a,9,9a-hexahydro-lH-3-aza-fluorenyl, 5,6,7-trihydro- 1,2,4- triazolo[3,4-a]isoquinolyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[l,4]oxazinyl, benzo[l,4]dioxanyl, 2,3- dihydro-lH-lλ'-benzo[d]isothiazol-6-yl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuryl and dihydrothiazolyl, and the like.
The term "sulfonyl", whether used alone or linked to other terms such as alkylsulfonyl, denotes respectively divalent radicals -SO2-. The term "carbonyl", whether used alone or with other terms, such as "aminocarbonyl", denotes -(C=O)-.
The term "alkylthio" or "thioalkyP'embraces radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom. An example of "alkylthio" is methylthio, (CH3S-).
The term "aminoalkyl" and "diaminoalkyl" embraces "N-alkylamino" and "N,N- dialkylamino", respectively, where amino groups are independently substituted with one alkyl radical and with two alkyl radicals, respectively. Examples of alkylamino radicals include "lower alkylamino" radicals having one or two alkyl radicals of one to six carbon atoms, attached to a nitrogen atom. Suitable alkylamino radicals may be mono or dialkylamino such as N-methylamino, N-ethylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N,N- diethylamino and the like.
The term "Ci.ioalkyl-amino-" denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two alkyl radicals, such as N-methylamino. The alkylamino radicals may be further substituted on the alkyl portion of the radical.
The term "aryl-alkyl-amino-" or "aralkylamino"denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two aryl-substituted-alkyl radicals, such as benzyl- amino. The aralkyl-amino radicals may be further substituted on the aryl or alkyl portion of the radical. The term "heterocyclyl-alkyl-amino-" denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two heterocyclyl-substituted-alkyl radicals, such as piperidyl- methyl-amino. The heterocyclyl-alkyl-amino radicals may be further substituted on the heterocycle or alkyl portion of the radical.
The term "heteroaryl-alkyl-amino-" or "heteroaralkylamino" denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two heteroaryl-substituted-alkyl radicals, such as pyrimidyl-amino. The heteroaralkyl-amino radicals may be further substituted on the heteroaryl or alkyl portion of the radical.
The term "arylamino" denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two aryl radicals, such as N-phenylamino. The arylamino radicals may be further substituted on the aryl ring portion of the radical.
The term "heteroarylamino" denotes amino groups, which have been substituted with one or two heteroaryl radicals, such as N-thienylamino. The "heteroarylamino" radicals may be further substituted on the heteroaryl ring portion of the radical. The term "cycloalkyl" includes saturated carbocyclic groups. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include C3-C6 rings, such as compounds including, cyclopentyl, cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl.
The term "cycloalkenyl" includes carbocyclic groups having one or more carbon- carbon double bonds including "cycloalkyldienyl" compounds. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include C3-C6 rings, such as compounds including, without limitation, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl and cycloheptadienyl.
The term "comprising" is meant to be open ended, including the indicated component(s) but not excluding other elements. The terms "Formula I", "Formula U", "Formula m" and "Formula IV" include any sub formulas.
The present invention comprises processes for the preparation of a compound of Formulae I, π, III and IV.
Also included in the family of compounds of Formulas I - FV are the pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof. The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable salts" embraces salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts and to form addition salts of free acids or free bases. The nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically-acceptable. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formulas I - FV may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids include, without limitation, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid. Examples of organic acids include, without limitation, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, arylaliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, adipic, butyric, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucuronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, ethanedisulfonic, benzenesulfonic, pantothenic, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, sulfanilic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, camphoric, camphorsulfonic, digluconic, cyclopentanepropionic, dodecylsulfonic, glucoheptanoic, glycerophosphonic, heptanoic, hexanoic, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic, nicotinic, 2- naphthalenesulfonic, oxalic, palmoic, pectinic, persulfuric, 2-phenylpropionic, picric, pivalic propionic, succinic, tartaric, thiocyanic, mesylic, undecanoic, stearic, algenic, β- hydroxybutyric, salicylic, galactaric and galacturonic acid. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts of compounds of Formulas I - IV include, without limitation, metallic salts such as salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc, or salts made from organic bases including primary, secondary, tertiary amines and substituted amines including cyclic amines such as caffeine, arginine, diethylamine, N-ethyl piperidine, aistidine, glucamine, isopropylamine, lysine, morpholine, N-ethyl morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, triethylamine, trimethylamine. All of the salts contemplated herein may be prepared by conventional means from the corresponding compound by reacting, for example, the appropriate acid or base with the compound of Formulas I - IV. When a basic group and an acid group are present in the same molecule, a compound of Formulas I - rv may also form internal salts.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC PROCEDURES
The compounds of the invention can be synthesized according to the following procedures of Schemes 1-8, wherein Ithe substituents are as defined for Formulas I - IV, above, except where further noted. The synthetic methods described below are merely exemplary, and the compounds of the invention may be synthesized by alternate routes as appreciated by persons of ordinary skill in the art. The following list of abbreviations, used throughout the specification represent the following:
ACN, AcCN, MeCN - acetonitrile
BSA - bovine serum albumin
CS2CO3 - cesium carbonate CHCl3 - chloroform
CH2Cl2, DCM - dichloromethane, methylene chloride
DIBAL - diisobutylaluminum hydride
DIEA,(iPr2Net) - diisopropylethylamine
DME - dimethoxyethane DMF - dimethylformamide
DMAP - 4-dimethylaminopyridine
DMSO - dimethylsulfoxide dppa - diphenylphosphoryl azide EDC 1 -(3 -dimethy laminopropy l)-3 -ethy lcarbodiimide hydrochloride
Et2O diethyl ether
EtOAc ethyl acetate
FBS fetal bovine serum g> gm gram h, hr hour
HBr hydrobromic acid
HCl hydrochloric acid
HOBt 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate
H2 hydrogen
H2O2 hydrogen peroxide
HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol- 1 -yl)-N,N,N',N'- tetramethyluroniumhexafluorophosphate
HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
IPA, IpOH isopropyl alcohol
K2CO3 potassium carbonate
MCPBA /weta-chloroperbenzoic acid
MgSO4 magnesium sulfate
MeOH methanol
N2 nitrogen
NaHCO3 sodium bicarbonate
NaOH sodium hydroxide
NaH sodium hydride
Na2SO4 sodium sulfate
NH4Cl ammonium chloride
NH4OH ammonium chloride
NMP N-methylpyrrolidinone
P(M)U)3 tri(tert-butyl)phosphine
PBS phospate buffered saline
Pd/C palladium on carbon
Pd(PPh3), palladium(0)triphenylphosphine tetrakis
Pd(PhCN)2Cl2 palladium di-cyanophenyl dichloride
Pd(OAc)2 palladium acetate Pd2(dba)3 bis(dibenzylideneacetone) palladium PyBop benzotriazol- 1 -yl-oxy-tripyrroHdino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
RT, rt room temperature RBF round bottom flask rac-BINAP 2,2'-Bis(diphenylphosphine)-l,P-binaphthyl TBTU O-benzotriazol-l-yl-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
TEA, Et3N triethylamine
TFA trifluoroacetic acid
THF tetrahydrofuran
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000042_0001
Compounds 5 of Formula I-TV (where Ll is O and L2 is NH), can be prepared according to the method generally described in Scheme 1. As shown, a base assisted nucleophilic displacement reaction by a compound 2 of an aryl halide 1 (where the halide as shown is chloride, and where D' may be an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring) should generally afford amino intermediate 3. Starting compounds 1 may be commercially available or prepared using methods described in the Examples below or by known techniques in the art. The alcohol 2 is generally sufficiently nucleophilic, under suitable conditions, to displace the chloride of compound 1. Compound 2 may also be a thiol, a primary or secondary amine or a nucleophilic carbon species (all of which are not shown) to effect the transformation to compound 3, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. The amine group on compound 2 may be protected as necessary or left unprotected, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Suitable bases to yield compound 3 include, without limitation, carbonate bases such as cesium carbonate (CS2CO3), Na2Cθ3, K2CO3 and the like in a suitable solvent, whose properties will generally depend upon the solubility of the starting materials, polarity, and other factors readily appreciated in the art. Amine 3, if protected may generally first be deprotected, and then reacted with an optionally substituted chloro- pyridine, chloro-pyridazine (where A8 is N), chloro- phthalazine (where R7 and R8 taken together form a phenyl ring) and the like under suitable conditions, including without limitation, under basic conditions (Method B4), acidic conditions (Method B 1 (TFA) or Method B2 (pTsOH and HCl) and heated conditions (Method B3), in suitable solvent or combination of solvents to afford compound 5, of Formula I. It should be understood that compounds may also be a compound with formulas π, HI and IV described herein. Representative examples of such reactions are further described hereinbelow. The strategy for preparing compounds 5, as exemplified in scheme 1, may generally be approached by building and/or broken down 2 primary linking bonds, i.e., the connections of both L1 and L2. Thus, compounds 7 (similar to compounds 5 but having R7 and R8 taken together to form a phenyl ring, as in Formula IV herein) may alternatively be prepared according to the method shown in scheme 2 below. Scheme 2
Figure imgf000043_0001
Compounds 7 of Formulas I-IV (where L1 is O and L2 is NH), can be prepared according to the method generally described in Scheme 2. As shown, a nucleophilic displacement reaction by a compound 2 of an aryl halide 4 (where the halide as shown is chloride) should generally afford hydroxy intermediates 6. Such reaction may optionally be run in the presence of acid to afford compounds 6. Starting compounds 1 may be reacted with alcohols 6, under suitable conditions such as those conditions described in scheme 1 above or the Examples herein (Methods Cl -Cl), to afford compounds 7. As mentioned in scheme 1, compound 2 may also be a thiol, a primary or secondary amine or a nucleophilic carbon species (all of which are not shown) to effect the transformation to compound 7, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. In the event compound 2 is a thiol, the reaction may be accomplished without the need for acidic or basic conditions, and may also be accomplished at ambient temperatures, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Representative examples of such reactions are further described hereinbelow. Suitable transformation methods are known to those skilled in the art, and are generally described in Jerry March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th edition (1992), which disclosure is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Scheme 3 (Methods A1-A3)
Figure imgf000044_0001
Compounds 10 can be made by treating compounds 8 (where L1 is as defined herein) with either of reagents 9 in a Suzuki (Method Al), Stille (Method A2) or Sonagashira (Method A3) type reaction, under conditions suitable for each reaction, respectively, as shown in scheme 3 (also referred to herein as General Method A). Such reactions work well where R6 is an aromatic group. Each reaction method is known in the art and generally appreciated by those skilled in the art. Examples of such reactions are described in further detail hereinbelow. In addition, methods for Sonagashira reactions may be found in Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2003, 42, 5993-5996. Ether linked R6 groups may also be installed onto chloro-phthtalazines 8 using a base, such as cesium carbonate (Method A4) under suitable light conditions, such as irradiation, to afford compounds 10. Amine linked R6 groups may also be afforded onto phthalazines 8 using heat (Method A5) in the presence of a suitable amine, such as piperidine, to provide compounds 10.
The method of scheme 3 allows desired R6 groups to be the final step of synthesis of compounds 10. Care must be taken to restrict the R1, R7 and R8 in this method to those groups, which would not interfere with or react under suitable reaction method and/or conditions to form compounds 10, as appreciated by persons of ordinary skill in the art.
Scheme 4 (Methods D1-D3)
Figure imgf000045_0001
11 13 Compounds 13 may be prepared by a single reaction between a bromo-substituted compound 11 and a desired R1 group appropriately substituted with a nucleophile or other suitable group to prepare compound 13. Such transformations may be accomplished using a variety of different methods, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. For example, desirable amino-R1 groups can be installed at a suitable position on a D' ring by treating bromide 11 in the presence of a suitable palladium species and a suitable R'-halide, R1- amine or other desired R1 -reagent under suitable conditions. For example, modified Suzuki conditions involving the use of a Pd(O) mediated-coupling with an aryl boronate in the presence of mild base, such as sodium or potassium carbonate or bicarbonate, in toluene may also afford compounds 13. Compounds 13 can also be prepared using corresponding stannanes or zincates, as is known in the art. Alternatively, desired R1 groups may be installed onto the D'-ring using conventional methods (not shown), as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
The Examples described hereinafter represent exemplary methods of synthesizing or preparing desired compounds of Formulas I - IV, intermediates and various starting materials and/or building blocks thereof. It should be appreciated that these methods are merely representative examples and other conventional, known or developed alternative methods may also be utilized. It should also be appreciated that the exemplary compounds are merely for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the present invention in any manner. Analytical methods:
Unless otherwise indicated, all HPLC analyses were run on a Agilent Model 1100 system with an Agilent Technologies Zorbax SB-C8(5 μ) reverse phase column (4.6 x 150 mm; Part no. 883975-906) run at 30 0C with a flow rate of about 1.50 mL/min. The mobile phase used solvent A (H2O/0.1% TFA) and solvent B (AcCN/0.1% TFA) with a 11 min gradient from 5% to 100% AcCN. The gradient was followed by a 2 min return to 5% AcCN and about a 2.5 minute re-equilibration (flush).
LC-MS Method: Samples were run on a Agilent model- 1100 LC-MSD system with an Agilent
Technologies XDB-Cg (3.5 μ) reverse phase column (4.6 x 75 mm) at 30 0C. The flow rate was constant and ranged from about 0.75 mL/min to about 1.0 mL/min.
The mobile phase used a mixture of solvent A (H2O/0.1% HOAc) and solvent B
(AcCN/0.1% HOAc) with a 9 min time period for a gradient from 10% to 90% solvent B. The gradient was followed by a 0.5 min period to return to 10% solvent B and a 2.5 min
10% solvent B re-equilibration (flush) of the column.
Preparative HPLC Method:
Where indicated, compounds of interest were purified via reverse phase HPLC using a Gilson workstation with a,30 x 50 mm column at 40 mL/min. The mobile phase used a mixture of solvent A (H2O/0.1% TFA) and solvent B (AcCN/0.1% TFA) with a 15 min gradient from 10% to 95% solvent B. The gradient is followed by a 2 min return to 10% AcCN.
Proton NMR Spectra:
Unless otherwise indicated, all 1H NMR spectra were run on a Varian series Mercury 300 MHz or on a Bruker 400 MHz instrument. Where so characterized, all observed protons are reported as parts-per-million (ppm) downfield from tetramethylsilane (TMS) or other internal reference in the appropriate solvent indicated. Example 1
Figure imgf000047_0001
Synthesis of 3-bromo-8-chloro-l,5-naphthyridine
Step 1: Diethyl 2-( (5 -bromopyridin-3-ylamino)methylene)malonate To a 500 mL RBF containing 5-bromopyridin-3-amine (60.0 g, 347 mmol) was added diethyl 2-(ethoxymethylene)malonate (71.0 mL, 354 mmol) and 121 mL of toluene. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 3 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool RT overnight, and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to give the desired product as a white crystalline solid. Step 2: Ethyl 7-bromo-4-oxo-1.4-dihvdro-1.5-naphthyridine-3-carboxylate
In a RBF fitted with a reflux condenser a mixture of diethyl 2-((5-bromopyridin-3- ylamino)methylene)malonate (1 g, 3 mmol) and 1-phenoxybenzene (10 mL, 63 mmol) was heated to reflux for 1 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT and CH3CN was added. The resulting solids were filtered and dried to provide the desired product as a light brown solid.
Step 3: 7-bromo-4-hvdroxy-1.5-naphthyridine-3-carboxylic acid
Ethyl 7-bromo-4-oxo-l,4-dihydro-l,5-naphtyridine-3-carboxylate (1 g, 3 mmol) and 2.5 M NaOH (10 mL) were refluxed for 1 h in a RBF fitted with a reflux condenser. The hot, heterogeneous mixture was diluted with boiling water at which point a tan precipitate dissolved. Charcoal was added to the solution, which was swirled for 2 min and then the mixture was filtered. Glacial acetic acid was added to the filtrate and a white precipitate started to form (pH adjusted to 4). The precipitate was filtered off upon cooling, washed with water and dried to provide the desired product as a white solid. Step 4: 7-bromo-1.5-naphthyridin-4-ol In a RBF fitted with a reflux condenser, 7-bromo-4-hydroxy-l,5-naphthyridine-3- carboxylic acid (1 g, 4 mmol) was added in portions over 10 minutes to stirred refluxing quinoline (50 mL), and the resulting mixture was refluxed for 1 h. The mixture was cooled and diluted with acetone. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried to give 0.8 g of a grey-brown powder. The product was reprecipitated from aq. NaOH with glacial acetic acid to give a white solid. Step 5: 3-bromo-8-chloro- 1.5-naphthyridine 7-Bromo-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ol (7.0 g) and phosphoryl chloride (200 mL) were refluxed for 5 h in a RBF fitted with a reflux condenser. Excess POCI3 was distilled off under reduced pressure and the residue poured onto ice. This cold mixture was carefully neutralized with aq. ammonia, which caused an exotherm. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with water and dried. The product was recrystallized from n-heptane to give white needles of 3-bromo-8-chloro-l,5-naphthyridine.
Example 2
Figure imgf000048_0001
Synthesis of 7-Methoxy-lH-[l,6]naphthyridin-4-one
Step 1: 4-amino-3-bromo-2-chloropyridine
4-Amino-2-chloropyridine (50 g, 388 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (500 mL). To this solution was added NBS (75 g, 426 mmol,) portionwise at RT (water bath cooling was provided to control the exothermicity). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h at which point the reaction was found complete (as monitored by TLC). Solvent was removed under reduced pressure followed by azeotropic distillation with ethanol. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (230- 400 mesh) eluting with ethyl acetate hexane mixture. Step 2: 4-amino-3-bromo-2-methoxypyridine Methanol (350 mL) was charged in a two- neck RBF equipped with a guard tube and septum and cooled to 0 0C. Sodium metal (23 g) was added to it slowly in pieces. After all sodium metal had dissolved, 4-amino-3- bromo-2-chloro pyridine (23 g, 178 mmol) was added and the solution was heated at 180 0C in a pressure vessel for 5-6 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 0C and adjusted to pH 8 by addition of cone. HCl. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was suspended in ethyl acetate. Undissolved impurities were removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain pure product. Step 3: 5-F(3-Bromo-2-methoxy-pyridin-4-ylamino>methylene1-2.2-dimethyl- π.31dioxane-4.6-dione A two necked RBF equipped with a reflux condenser was charged with Meldrum's acid (15.6 g, 108 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate (143 mL). The reaction mixture was heated 100 0C for 2 h. 4-amino-3-bromo-2-methoxypyridine (22 g, 108 mmol) was added and heating was continued for an additional 4 h at 100 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, diluted with hexane and filtered to obtain the product as a yellow solid.
Step 4: 8-Bromo-7-methoxy-lH-[1.6'|naphthyridin-4-one A two neck RBF equipped with an air condenser was charged with 5-[(3-Bromo-2- methoxy-pyridin-4-ylamino)-methylene]-2,2-dimethyl-[l ,3]dioxane-4,6-dione (23g, 64 mmol) and diphenyl ether (230 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 250 0C for 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere after which it was cooled to RT, diluted with hexane and filtered to obtain a dark solid. The crude product was refluxed in hexane for 30 min and filtered to obtained 8-Bromo-7-methoxy-lH-[l,6]naphthyridin-4-one as a brown solid. Step 5: 7-Methoxy-lH-π.61naphthyridin-4-one
8-Bromo-7-methoxy-lH-[l,6]naphthyridin-4-one (12 g, 33.5 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous methanol (240 mL) and 10 % Dry Pd/C (2.4 g) was added carefully in portions. This was followed by portionwise addition of ammonium formate (24 g) which caused an exotherm. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, filtered through Celite, and washed with hot MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue purified by column chromatography on silica gel (230 -400 mesh) eluting with ethyl acetate-methanol. Step 6: 4-Chloro-7-methoxy-π.61naphthyridine A two neck RBF equipped with CaCl2 guard tube.was charged. with 7-Methoxy-lH- .
[l,6]naphthyridin-4-one (28 g, 159 mmol) and POCI3 (280 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and the pH was carefully adjusted to 8 with solid sodium carbonate (highly exothermic reaction). The product was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with water, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with ethyl acetate hexane mixture.
Figure imgf000049_0001
Synthesis of 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine
Step 1: 3-Bromo-5-methoxypyridine Sodium (12 g) was dissolved in methanol (150 mL) while cooling, and excess MeOH was removed under reduced pressure to obtain NaOMe, which was azeotroped with toluene (2 x 100 mL). A solution of 3,5-dibromopyridine (100 g) in DMSO (500 mL) was added to sodium methoxide and the mixture was stirred at 90 0C for 2 h. After cooling to RT, aqueous NaOH solution (3 M, 300 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with Et2O. The ethereal layer was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After concentration the crude product obtained was purified by flash column chromatography (Hexane:EtOAc 85:15) to afford pure product 3-bromo-5-methoxy pyidine. Step 2: 3-amino-5-methoxypyridine 3-Bromo-5-methoxypyridine (15 g) was added to a pressure vessel, and CuSO4 (3.9 g) and 25% aq. ammonia (150 mL) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at 135 0C, then cooled to RT, basified with aqeousNaOH solution, and extracted with CH2Cl2. After evaporation of volatiles, 3-amino-5-methoxypyridine was obtained as yellow solid. Step 3: 5-r(5-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylamino)-methylene1-2,2-dimethyl-fl.31dioxane-4.6- dione
A two-necked RBF equipped with a reflux condenser was charged with Meldrum's acid (14.4 g, 100 mmol) and trimethylorthoformate (100 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 100-105 0C for 2 h. 5-amino-3-methoxy pyridine (12.5 g, 100 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and heating was continued for an additional 4 h at the same temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, diluted with hexane and filtered to obtain the product as light yellow solid. Step 4: -Methoxy-lH-ri.5]naphthyridin-4-one A two-necked RBF equipped with an air condenser was charged with 5-[(5-Methoxy- pyridin-3-ylamino)-methylene]-2,2-dimethyl-[l,3]dioxane-4,6-dione (18 g) and diphenyl ether (180 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 240-250 0C for 5 min under N2 atmosphere after which it was cooled to RT, diluted with hexane and filtered to obtain a dark solid. The crude product was refluxed in hexane for 30 min and filtered to obtain product as a brown solid. Step 5: S-chloro-S-methoxy-LS-naphthyridine
A two-necked RBF equipped with an air condenser (protected with CaCl2 guard tube) was charged with 7-Methoxy-lH-[l,5]naphthyridin-4-one (13 g) and POCl3 (65 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to reflux at 120 0C for 12 h. The POCl3 was removed in vacuo and azeotroped twice with toluene. EtOAc (75 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50-600C for 15-20 min. EtOAc removed separated by decantation. The organic layers were combined and concentrated. The obtained crude was dissolved in EtOAc (50ml) and a washed with satd. aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The resulting solids were suspended in hexane, stirred for 15 min, filtered and dried under vacuum.
Example 4
Figure imgf000051_0001
Synthesis of 8-Chloro-2-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine Step 1 : 5-((6-Methoxypyridin-3-ylamino)methylene)-2.2-dimethyl- 1.3-dioxane-4,6-dione A mixture of Meldrum's acid (34.8 g, 0.242 mol) and trimethyl orthoformate (285 mL, 2.05 mol) was heated to 105 °C for 2 h. To the solution 6-methoxypyridin-3 -amine (30 g, 0.242 mol) was added and continued the stirring overnight at the same temperature. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT and diluted with hexane. The solid precipitated was filtered and washed with hexane to afford 5-((6-methoxypyridin-3-ylamino)methylene)- 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione as a pale yellow solid. Step 2: 6-Methoxy-L5-naphthyridin-4(lH)-one
A suspension of 5-((6-methoxypyridin-3-ylamino)methylene)-2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane- 4,6-dione (51.3 g, 0.185 mol) in diphenylether (1275 mL) was heated to 250 °C under nitrogen atmosphere for 20 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and diluted with hexane. The gummy solid was then triturated with hexane to obtain 6-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridin-4(lH)-one as a pale brown color solid. Step 3: 8-Chloro-2-methoxy-1.5-naphthyridine To the intermediate 6-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4(lH)-one (15.0 g, 0.085mol) was added POCI3 (300 mL) dropwise under nitrogen atmosphere at RT. The reaction mixture was heated to 110 °C with constant stirring. After 12 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and azeotroped with toluene (2 * 100 mL). The residue was dissolved in ice-water (100 mL) and adjusted pW of the solution to 7 using 10% NaHCO3 solution, and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 mL), saturated NaCl solution ( 100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Example 5
Figure imgf000052_0001
Synthesis of 4-Chloro-l//-pyrrolo[2,3-Λ]pyridine
Step 1: lH-PyrroloβJ-fripyridine The title compound was prepared according to a procedure described in
WO2003082289A1. A solution of lH-pyrrolo[2,3-Z>]pyridine (10.0 g, 84.6 mmol) in ethyl acetate (846 ml, 84.6 mmol) was cooled to 0 °C. To the cold solution was added a solution of mCPBA (103 mmol, 23.1 g, 77% pure) in 53 mL of EtOAc over a period of 1.5 h. Halfway into the reaction, 100 mL of EtOAc was added to the reaction to ease stirring of the thick mixture. The residual mCPBA was washed into the reaction mixture by an additional portion of EtOAc (25 mL). Solid precipitated out of the solution, and the resulting mixture was warmed to rt, and allowed to stir at this temp until the starting azaindole had been consumed as judged by RPLC. After 3 h at rt, the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was cooled back to 0 °C. The resulting slurry was filtered to collect the N-oxide as the meta-chlorobenzoic acid salt. The solid was washed with additional EtOAc and dried under vacuum. The product, lH-pyrrolo[2,3-£]pyridine 1 -oxide salt of mCBA was obtained as light yellow solid.
The rήCBA salt was treated with aqueous base to liberate the N-oxide. A slurry or the N-oxide mCBA salt (35.5 g, 265 mmol) in 149 mL of deionized water at 15 °C was treated with sufficient amount of aqueous solution containing 30% by weight of potassium carbonate (11.0 g, 79.4 mmol) to raise the pΗ of the slurry between 9.5 to 10.5. Additional water (74 mL) was added to the mixture while the temperature was maintained between 15 0C to rt for 2 h. The slurry was cooled to 0 0C for 5 h, and then filtered to recover the precipitate. The precipitate was washed with water and dried to afford the white N-oxide product, lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridine 1 -oxide. 1H NMR (Bruker, 400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 12.0 (br s, IH), 8.19 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, IH), 7.60 (t, J= 3.0 Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, J= 5.0 Hz, IH), 6.52 (d, J= 3.0 Hz, IH). Step 2: 4-Chloro-lH-pyrrolor2.3-Z>1pyridine The title compound was prepared according to a procedure described WO03/082289 Al . A solution of azaindole N-oxide (6.82 g, 51.0 mmol) in DMF (36.0 ml, 470 mmol) was heated to 50 βC. Methanesulfonyl chloride (1 1.0 ml, 137 mmol) was added to the heated solution at such a rate as to maintain the reaction temperature at 65 to 75 °C. The resulting mixture was heated at 68-77 °C until the reaction was judged complete by RPLC. The total reaction time was 4 h. The reaction was cooled to rt and quenched with water (10 mL). The mixture was cooled to 5 °C. 10 N NaOH solution was added to raise the pH of the solution to 7. The resulting slurry was warmed to rt, agitated for 1 h, and then filtered to collect the product. The product was washed with additional water and dried under vacuum. Rusty solid, 4-chloro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-ft]pyridine was collected. 1H NMR (Bruker, 400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 12.0 (br s, IH), 8.19 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, IH), 7.60 (t, J= 3.0 Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, J= 5.0 Hz, IH), 6.52 (d, J= 3.0 Hz, IH).
Example 6
Figure imgf000053_0001
Synthesis of 4-Bromo-6,7-dimethoxycinnoline
Step 1 : 6,7-Dimethoxycinnolin-4-ol l-(2-Amino-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanone (105 g, 0.538 mol) was dissolved in concentrated HCl (2000 mL, 20 mol) at ambient temperature. The solution was then cooled to 0-4 0C, and sodium nitrite (37.5 g, 0.543 mol) was added dropwise over 45 minutes as a solution in water (200 mL). The, reaction mixture was stirred at 0-4 0C for one hour during which time it turned dark brown and became homogenous. The reaction mixture was then heated to 60-700C for four hours, and a yellow solid formed. After cooling the reaction mixture to 10 0C, the solid was collected by filtration. The wet solid was suspended in 1500 mL of water, and the pH was adjusted to 12 with 4N NaOH to give a brown solution, followed by adjusting the pH to 7 with concentrated hydrochloric acid (78 mL). 6,7-Dimethoxycinnolin-4-ol precipitated as an off-white solid, which was filtered, washed with water (3 x 300 mL), and dried in a vacuum overnight at 50 0C. Step 2: 4-Bromo-6.7-dimethoxycinnoline
Phosphorus oxybromide (125 g, 0.436 mol) was added to a suspension of 6,7- dimethoxycinnolin-4-ol (65 g, 0.32 mol) in chloroform (550 mL, 6.9 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 65 0C for 18 hours. Formation of a fine yellow solid was observed. The reaction mixture was poured onto crushed ice (200 g), and the pH was adjusted to 6-7 with sodium acetate (285 g) and sat. NaHCθ3. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide a light tan oil. DCM (40 mL) and hexanes (250 mL) were added, and the resulting solid was filtered to provide 4-bromo-6,7- dimethoxycinnoline as an off-white solid.
Example 7
Figure imgf000054_0001
Synthesis of 7-chloro-2-(3-methyl- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazoI-5-yl)thieno [3,2-b] pyridine
To a mixture of lithium 7-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylate (2.125 g, 9.7 mmol) and DMF (20 drops) in CH2Cl2 (35 mL), oxalyl dichloride (1.3 ml, 15 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2.5 h and then was concentrated to give a yellow solid. The resultant crude acid chloride and (Z)-N'-hydroxyacetamidine (1.4 g, 19 mmol) were heated at 140 0C in xylene/pyridine (6/1, 35 mL) for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2, and then washed with water, then sat. NaHCO3 and brine. The crude product was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (RediSep 12O g column, gradient elution with 0-50% EtOAc in Hexane) to afford 7-chloro-2-(3-methyl- l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine as a white solid.
Figure imgf000054_0002
Synthesis of (7-chlorothieno [3,2-b] py ridin-2-yl)(morphoIino)methanone
[Lithium 7-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylate (100 mg, 455 μmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) with one drop of DMF and oxalyl chloride (2 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for one hour then concentrated and dried under high vacuum. Morpholine (60 μl, 683 μmol) was then added to the mixture with N-ethyl-N- isopropylpropan-2-amine (238 μl, 1366 μmol) and the mixture was stirred for 20 hours. The mix was then concentrated and purified using 0 to 100% 90/10/1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/ammonium hydroxide in CH2Cl2 to afford (7-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridin- 2-yl)(morphol ino)methanone.
Figure imgf000055_0001
Synthesis of 7-chlorothieno[3^-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide
A 250 mL flask was charged with lithium 7-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylate (3.00 g, 13.7 mmol) and CH2Cl2 (100 ml) under nitrogen. DMF (cat) (0.100 ml) and oxalyl dichloride (1.49 ml, 17.1 mmol) were added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, and concentrated in vacuo. The brown solid was redissolved in CH2Cl2 (100 ml) and ammonia (gas) (0.233 g, 13.7 mmol) was gently bubbled through the reaction mixture for 5 minutes. The flask was then capped and stirred at room temperature overnight under closed atmosphere. The brown suspension was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting solid was taken up in water (to dissolve the starting material), then collected by filtration to give 7-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxamide. MS m/z = 213 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C8H5C1N25OS: 212.66.
Example 10
Figure imgf000055_0002
Synthesis of 4-Chloro-6,8-difluoro-quinoline
Step 1: 5-r(3,5-Diflouro-phenylamino)-methylenel-2,2-dimethyl-π,31 dioxane-4,6-dione In a oven dried 2-neck RBF equipped with reflux condenser and inert atmosphere, meldrum's acid (30g, 0.208 mole) was dissolved in triethylorthoformate (185g, 1.25 mole) and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 100 0C under nitrogen for Ih. On complete consumption of starting material (tic), 3,5-diflouroaniline (26.8 g, 0.208 mol) was added and the heating continued for 4h. After completion of the reaction (tic), reaction mixture was brought to RT and diluted with hexane (300 ml) when yellow solid precipitated. The solid was filtered, washed thoroughly with hexane and dried to furnish the product.
Step 2: 4-Hvdroxy-6.8-difluoro-quinoline
(5-[(3,5-Diflouro-phenylamino)-methylene]-2,2-dimethyl-[l,3] dioxane-4,6-dione, (52 g, 0.1837 mol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether and refluxed for 20 min at 200 0C. On complete consumption of starting material (tic), reaction mixture was cooled and diluted by hexane. Solid obtained was filtered and washed with sufficient quantities of hexane to furnish product. Mass: 182.09 (M+l). Step 3: 4-Chloro-6.8-difluoro-quinoline
(4-Hydroxy-6,8-difluoro-quinoline, 29.1 g, 0.160 mol) was dissolved in POCl3 (183 mL) and heated at reflux for 12 h. On complete consumption of starting material (tic) the contents were brought to RT and excess POCl3 was removed under reduced pressure. Crude mass was azeotroped with toluene and product was diluted with ethyl acetate, organics were washed with sodium bicarbonate and solvent removed under reduced pressure. Crude product was purified by column chromatography at 100-200 mesh size silica in 0-2% EtOAc-hexane. Mass: 199.99 (M+l).
Figure imgf000056_0001
The title compound was prepared in accordance with a procedure described in PCT patent publication WO 2005047279, titled "Preparation of quinoxazolines and related derivatives vanilloid-1 receptor antagonists for treating pain."
Example 12-a (Method A4)
Figure imgf000056_0002
4-Isopropoxy-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine
In a 5 mL sealed tube, was dissolved 4-chloro-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (0.100 g, 0.224 mmol) in iPrOH (0.500 mL). To this was added cesium carbonate (0.1 10 g, 0.336 mmol) and the mixture was irradiated for 30 min at 140 0C in the microwave. When the reaction was determined to be complete by LC/MS, it was concentrated. The mixture concentrate was purified using Isco silica gel chromatography, using 0-100% CH2Cl2MeOH(SWiIOyCH2Cl2, followed by reverse phase chromatography (Gilson, 10-90% TFA/acetonitrile in water over 15 min). The product- containing fractions were extracted into DCM, washed Ix sodium carbonate, 1 x H2O, dried with Na2SO4, filtered through fritted funnel, and concentrated to yield 4- isopropoxy-N-(4-(7-methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin- 1 -amine as a light yellow solid. MS [M+H] + = 470.0; Calc'd = 469.6 for C26H23N5O2S
Example 12-b (Method A5)
Figure imgf000057_0001
N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyI)-4-(4-methoxypiperidin-l- yl)phthalazin-l-amine
A 15 ml sealed pressure tube was charged with 4-chloro-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (120 mg, 0.269 mmol) and 4- methoxypiperidine (620 mg, 5.382 mmol), in 0.3 ml of DMSO. The sealed tube was placed in a preheated oil bath at 100 0C where it was stirred for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with 2ml of MeOH, and the solution purified using Gilson Reverse Phase HPLC. The fractions containing the desired product was neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with 10 ml of DCM (3X). The organics were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford N-(4-(7-methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-(4-methoxypiperidin- 1 - yl)phthalazin-l -amine as a yellow solid. MS [M+H] + = 525.
Example 13
Figure imgf000057_0002
The title compound, 4-chloro-7-methoxyquinoline-6-carboxamide, was prepared by a method described WO 00/050405, Application No. WO 2000-GB579.
Figure imgf000058_0001
The title compound, 7-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine, was prepared by a method described in Ragan, J.A.; Raggon, J. W.; Hill, P.D.; Jones, B.P.; McDermott, R. E.; Munchhof, M. J.; Marx, M.A.; Casavant, J. M.; Cooper, B.A.; Doty, J.L.; Lu, Y. Org. Process Res. Dev. 2003, 7, 676-683, and related references cited therein.
Figure imgf000058_0002
The title compound, 7-chloro-2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-5-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine, was prepared by a method described in Ragan, J.A.; Raggon, J. W.; Hill, P.D.; Jones, B.P.; McDermott, R. E.; Munchhof, M. J.; Marx, M.A.; Casavant, J. M.; Cooper, B.A.; Doty, J.L.; Lu, Y. Org. Process Res. Dev. 2003, 7, 676-683.
Example 16
Figure imgf000058_0003
Synthesis of 4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)benzenamine
Five 20 mL microwave vials were each charged with 4-aminophenol (0.700 mg, 33 mmol) and 3 equivalents of cesium carbonate in 6.0 ml of DMF. The mixture was stirred at RT for 10 minutes. Following addition of 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (l g, 26 mmol), the reaction vessels were capped and irradiated at 150 0C for 15 min in the microwave, at which time the reaction was determined complete by LCMS. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and material from the five vessels was combined. A deep brown solid crashed out with addition of water. Filtered solids, washed with water and dried overnight in the vacuum oven to afford 4-(7-methoxy-l ,5- naphthyridin-4-yloxy)benzenamine as a brown solid. Alternatively, the title compound may be prepared by the following method: In a nitrogen purged sealed pressure vessel, dissolved 4-aminophenol (0.617 g, 5.65 mmol) in DMF (0.030 L). Cesium carbonate (3.68 g, 11.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 5 min. Added 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (1.0Og, 5.14 mmol), heated to 90 0C, stirred for 17 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT and was concentrated. The crude material was triturated with methanol, filtered, washed with methanol followed by water, and air dried to yield 4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)benzenamine as brown solid. MS [M+H]=268.1; Calc'd 267.3 for Ci5HnN3O2.
Figure imgf000059_0001
Synthesis of 4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)benzenamine
A RBF was charged with 4-aminothiophenol (161 mg, 1.285 mmol), 8-chloro-3- methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (250 mg, 1.285 mmol) and 5.2 mL of DMF, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 45 min. The orange, heterogeneous mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with IN NaHCO3. The aqueous portion was extracted two additional times with EtOAc and the combined organics were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude oil was concentrated twice from toluene to remove DMF and the resulting solids were dried under high vacuum to provide 4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin- 4-ylthio)benzenamine as a tan solid. MS m/z = 284 [M+H]+. Calc'd for Ci5Hi3N3OS: 283.35.
Figure imgf000059_0002
Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenol A mixture of 4-aminophenol (42 mg, 0.38 mmol), l-chloro-4-(4-methylpiperazin-l- yl)phthalazine (lOOmg, 0.381 mmol), and TFA (29 μl, 0.38 mmol) was heated in 2- butanol (3 mL) in a sealed tube at 90 0C overnight. Next day LC/MS shows completion of reaction. The reaction was cooled and diluted with DCM. Aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added and the organic layer was collected. The aqueous layer was neutralized with IN HCl and the product was extracted with DCM. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to afford 4-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-l- yl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenol as solid brown material. MS [M+H] = 336.2. Calc'd for C9H21N5O: 335.4.
Example 19
Figure imgf000060_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoI hydrochloride 4-Aminophenol (340 mg, 3.1 mmol), l-chloro-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)phthalazine (837 mg,
3.1 mmol), and sec-butanol (12 mL, 3.1 mmol) were combined in a resealable tube and heated to 100 °C overnight. The reaction progress was monitored by LCMS, and upon completion, the orange reaction was cooled diluted with diethyl ether. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with diethyl ether, and the solid was dried in vacuo to provide 4-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenol hydrochloride (1.17 g, 100% yield) as an orange solid. MS [M+H] = 344.0. Calc'd for C19H2iN5O: 343.13.
Example 20
Figure imgf000060_0002
Synthesis of 5-(4-phenyIphthalazin-l-ylamino)pyridin-2-ol
Step 1 : A RBF was charged with 6-methoxypyridin-3-amine (155 mg, 1.25 mmol), 1- chloro-4-phenylphthalazine (300mg, 1.25 mmol), and 2-butanol (4 mL). The vessel was sealed and the mixture was stirred overnight at 900C. LC/MS shows completion of reaction. Reaction cooled to RT and purified by silica gel chromatography (1-5% MeOH/DCM) to afford N-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l-amine as tan solid. MS [M+H] = 329.1. Calc'd for C20HIoN4O: 328.4.
Step 2: In a 25 RBF was added N-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine (290mg, 0.88 mmol), hydrobromic acid (2.4 mL, 44.2 mmol) and acetic acid (2.5 mL, 43.3 mmol), and a reflux condenser open to air was fitted and the RBF was heated to 130 0C, while stirring, for 2 h. The reaction was cooled to RT, the mixture neutralized with 6N NaOH, upon which a yellow solid crashed out. The yellow solid was filtered, washed with water, placed in vacuum oven at 30 0C to dry, to afford 5-(4-phenylphthalazin-l- ylamino)pyridin-2-ol, as light yellow solid. MS [M+H] = 315.2. Calc'd for C19H14N4O: 314.3.
Example 21
Figure imgf000061_0001
Synthesis of l-Chloro-4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazine
1,4-Dichlorophthalazine (1.40 g, 7.03 mmol), 4-methylthiophen-2-ylboronic acid (999 mg, 7.03 mmol), and PdCl2(DPPF) (721 mg, 985 μmol) were added into a sealed tube. The tube was purged with Argon. Then sodium carbonate (2.0 M in water) (7.74 ml, 15.5 mmol) and 1,4-dioxane (35.2 ml, 7.03 mmol) were added. The tube was sealed, stirred at RT for 5 min, and placed in a preheated oil bath at 110 0C. After 1 h, LC-MS showed product and byproduct (double coupling), and SM dichlorophthalazine. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered through a pad of celite with an aid of EtOAc, concentrated, and loaded onto column. The product was purified by column chromatography using Hex to remove the top spot, then 80:20 Hex:EtOAc to collect the product. The product, 1-chloro- 4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazine was obtained as yellow solid. LC-MS showed that the product was contaminated with a small amount of SM dichlorophthalazine and biscoupling byproduct. MS m/z = 261 [M+l]+. Calcd for C13H9ClN2S: 260.12. Example 22
Figure imgf000062_0001
Synthesis of l-Chloro-4-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)phthalazine
Step 1: Σ-CDimethylaminoMsoindoline-l.S-dione. The title compound was prepared according to methods described in the following papers: (a) Deniau, E.; Enders. D.; Couture, A.; Grandclaudon, P. Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 2003, 14, 2253. (b) Saito, Y.; Sakamoto, T.; Kikugawa, Y. Synthesis 2001, 221. (c) Deniau, E.; Enders, D. Tetrahedron Lett. 2000, 41, 2347. To a solution of isobenzofuran-l,3-dione (5.00 g, 34 mmol) and N,N-dimethylhydrazine (2.9 ml, 37 mmol) in toluene (75 ml, 34 mmol) in a RBF was added p-TsOH H2O (0.32 g, 1.7 mmol). A Dean-Stark apparatus and a condenser were attached to the RBF. The mixture was refluxed. After 4 h, LCMS showed mainly product. The reaction was cooled to RT. Toluene was removed under reduced pressure, and the crude was dissolved in CH2CI2, washed with sat NaHCθ3, water, and brine. The organic was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Light yellow solid was obtained. 1H NMR showed mainly product, 2-(dimethylamino)isoindoline-l,3-dione. MS Calcd for Ci0H10N2O2: [M]+= 190.
Found: [M+H]+= 191.
Step 2: 2-(Dimethylamino)-3-hvdroxy-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)isoindolin-l -one
In a dry RBF, 2-bromo-6-methylpyridine (66 μl, 581 μmol) and THF (1211 μl, 581 μmol) were added. The reaction was purged with argon, and cooled to -78 0C. BuLi (244 μl, 610 μmol) was added via syringe. After 30 min, the anion was cannulated into a solution of 2- (dimethylamino)isoindoline-l,3-dione (166 mg, 872 μmol) in 2 mL of THF previously submerged in a cold bath at -78 0C for 2 min (the starting material precipitated out of the solution at low temp). After 15 min at -78 0C, the temperature was warmed to -30 0C. After 1 h, LCMS showed mainly product at 1.535 min. The reaction was quenched slowly with sat. NH4Cl. The product was extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give a yellow oil. The product was purified using 85: 15 CH2Cl2:(90: 10:l CH2Cl2:MeOH:NH,OH). Viscous yellow oil was obtained. 1H NMR showed mainly product, 2-(dimethylamino)-3-hydroxy-3-(6- methylpyridin-2-yl)isoindolin-l-one. MS Calcd for Ci6H17N3O2: [M]+= 283. Found: [M+H]+ = 284.
Step 3: 4-(6-Methylpyridin-2-yl)phthalazin-l(2H)-one
The title compound was prepared according to a method described in Saito, Y.; Sakamoto, T.; Kikugawa, Y. Synthesis 2001, 2, 221. 2-(Dimethylamino)-3-hydroxy-3-(6- methylpyridin-2-yl)isoindolin- 1 -one (3.18 g, 11.0 mmol), EtOH ( 11.0 ml, 11.0 mmol), and hydrazine (5.30 ml, 168 mmol) were added into a RBF fitted with a reflux condenser. A nitrogen balloon was attached on top of the condenser. The reaction was refluxed overnight. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction was cooled to rt. Off-white solid precipitated out of the solution. Water was added and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C. The solid was filtered off with an aid of water and dried under vacuum. White solid was obtained. LCMS of the solid showed product, 4-(6-methylpyridin-2- yl)phthalazin-l(2H)-one. MS Calcd for C4H11N3O: [M]+= 237. Found: [M+H]+= 238. Step 4: l-Chloro-4-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)phthalazine A dry RBF set up with stirring bar and reflux condenser was charged with 4-(6- methylpyridin-2-yl)phthalazin-l(2H)-one (780 mg, 3.29 mmol) and POCl3 (10.7 ml, 115 mmol). This was stirred under reflux for 18 h. Excess POCl3 was removed under vacuum with an aid of toluene. The residue was cooled to 0 0C and basified with cold 6 N NaOH until pH=9. Occasionally, ice was added to keep the mixture cold to prevent the hydrolysis. Stirring, agitation, and sonication eventually provided a solid material at basic pH. The solids were filtered, washed with ample amount of water and dried under vacuum to afford a white solid. MS Calcd for C14H10ClN3: [M]+= 255. Found: [M+H]+ = 256.
Example 23
Figure imgf000063_0001
Synthesis of l-chloro-4-(octahydroisoquinolin-2(lH)-yl)phthalazine
A resealable pressure bottle was charged with 1 ,4-dichlorophthalazine (1258 mg, 6.28 mmol), decahydroisoquinoline (588 μl, 3.95 mmol), potassium carbonate (546 mg, 3.95 mmol) and DMSO (20 mL, 0.2 M). Reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 16 h, then cooled to RT and diluted with 5 mL of DMSO. The solution was purified by Gilson HPLC (10% to 90% CH3CN/H2O/0.1%TFA) to afford l-chloro-4-(octahydroisoquinolin-2(lH)- yl)phthalazine. MS [M+H] = 302.1. Calcd for CnH20ClN3: 301.8.
Example 24
Figure imgf000064_0001
Synthesis of 3-chloro-6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazine
Step 1: 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-ethyl-2-hvdroxy-4-oxobutanoic acid
A RBF was charged with 2-oxobutanoic acid (2.50 g, 24.5 mmol) and 3.2 mL of water and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C. The acid was neutralized by slow addition of 20% aqueous KOH. 3'-chloroacetophenone (3.79 g, 24.5 mmol) was added, followed by a 1.3 M solution of KOH (2.20 g, 39.2 mmol) in MeOH. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 48 h. The mixture was brought to pH 2 by dropwise addition of cone. H2SO4. The MeOH was removed in vacuo, and 25 mL of water was added. The heterogeneous mixture was filtered through Celite, and the filter cake was washed with water and
CH2Cl2. The layers of the filtrate were separated, and the aqueous portion was extracted with additional CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to a volume of ~25 mL. Hexane was added until the mixture became cloudy, and upon standing a white crystalline solid formed. The mother liquor was decanted and the solids were washed with hexane and dried to provide 4-(3- chlorophenyl)-2-ethyl-2-hydroxy-4-oxobutanoic acid as a white crystalline solid. MS m/z
= 279 [M+Na]+. Calc'd for C12H13ClO4: 256.69.
Step 2: 6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazin-3(2H)-one
A RBF was charged with 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-ethyl-2-hydroxy-4-oxobutanoic acid (2.78 g, 10.8 mmol), hydrazine (0.510 ml, 16.2 mmol) and 11 mL of w-BuOH. A Dean-Stark apparatus fitted with a reflux condenser was attached, and the mixture was heated under nitrogen at 130 0C for 15 h. Upon cooling a precipitate formed, which was filtered, washed with cold EtOH, and dried. 6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazin-3(2H)-one was isolated as a white solid. MS m/z = 235 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C12HnClN2O: 234.68. Step 3: 3-chloro-6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazine A RBF was charged with 6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazin-3(2H)-one (1.50 g, 6.4 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (6.0 ml, 64 mmol). Hunig's base (1.2 ml, 7.0 mmol) was added to the mixture dropwise (slightly exothermic). The flask was fitted with a reflux condenser and a nitrogen inlet and the mixture was heated at 110 0C for 3 h. Upon cooling the reaction mixture was poured onto ice. 6N NaOH was added dropwise until pH 9 while keeping the mixture cold by gradual addition of ice. The solids were filtered, washed with water and dried to provide 3-chloro-6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazine as a peach colored solid. MS m/z = 253 [M]+. Calc'd for C12Hi0Cl2N2: 253.13.
Figure imgf000065_0001
Synthesis of 4-(l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)benzenamine
To a mixture of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (188 mg, 163 μmol) and sodium methoxide (176 mg, 3251 μmol) was added a solution of 4-(7-bromo-l,5-naphthyridin-4- ylthio)benzenamine (540 mg, 1625 μmol) in DMF (2 mL). The resealable tube was purged with argon, and the mixture was heated to 100° for 1.5 h. The mix was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine twice, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 1-10% MeOHiCH2Cl2 w/1% NH4OH to provide 4-(l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)benzenamine. MS m/z = 254 [M]+. Calc'd for C14HUN3S: 253.32.
Example 26
Figure imgf000065_0002
Synthesis of 4-(4-brornoisoquinolin-l-ylarnino)phenol hydrochloride A mixture of 4-aminophenol (225 mg, 2062 μmol) and 4-bromo-l-chloroisoquinoline (500 mg, 2062 μmol) was heated in sec-butanol (15 mL) in a sealed tube at 100 0C for 2 hours. TFA (477 μl, 6186 μmol) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 100 0C overnight. LCMS analysis showed conversion to 4-(4-bromoisoquinolin-l- ylamino)phenol hydrochloride. The dark red reaction mixture was cooled, and diethyl ether was added. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with diethyl ether, and the solid was dried in vacuo to provide 4-(4-bromoisoquinolin-l-ylamino)phenol hydrochloride as a purple solid.
Example 27
Figure imgf000066_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-phenylisoquinolin-l-ylamino)phenol
To a solution of 4-(4-bromoisoquinolin-l-ylamino)phenol (578 mg, 1834 μmol), phenylboronic acid (335 mg, 2751 μmol), and tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (212 mg, 183 μmol) in toluene (10480 μl, 1834 μmol) and ethanol (2620 μl, 1834 μmol) was added sodium carbonate (6281 μl, 12563 μmol) in water (2M). The reaction mixture was heated to 100 0C overnight. The reaction progress was monitored by LCMS, which showed conversion to 4-(4-phenylisoquinolin-l-ylamino)phenol. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: hexanes:EtOAc 0-50%) to yield 4-(4- phenylisoquinolin-l-ylamino)phenol.
Example 28
Synthesis of N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenvπ-4- (chloro)phthalazin-l-amine
In a 150 mL pressure tube was dissolved 4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)benzenamine (6.1 g, 23 mmol) in tBuOH (75 mL). To this solution was added 1,4- dichlorophthalazine (10.0 g, 50 mmol) and the mixture was placed in pre-heated oil bath at 100 0C. A thick clay formed at the bottom of the tube after 20 minutes. LCMS on solid at the bottom of the tube showed mainly desired product with trace amounts of starting material. This solid material was dissolved and transfered to a flask using hot 90/10/1 (CH2Cl2/MeOH/ammonium hydroxide), and evaporated to dryness. The crude was dissolved in CH2CI2 and washed with sat. sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated and dried over sodium sulfate, and then concentrated. The mixture was then dissolved in approx. 30/70 MeOH/CH2Cl2, silica was added and the mix was concentrated to dryness. This silica pre-absorbed material was purified using 0 to 100 % 90/10/1 (CH2Cl2/MeOH/ammonium hydroxide) to afford the title compound. MS Found: [M+H] = 430.0. Calc'd for C23Hi6ClN5O2: 429.9.
Example 29 (Method Al)
Synthesis of 3-(4-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenylamino)phthalazin- l-yl)benzonitrile In a nitrogen purged sealed tube, 1,4-dioxane (1.4 mL) was added and the tube was purged with nitrogen for 5 min and sealed. 3-Cyanophenylboronic acid (0.056 g, 0.384 mmol), 4-chloro-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (0.150 g, 0.349 mmol), and 2.0 M sodium carbonate (0.349 mL, 0.698 mmol) were added to the tube, followed by l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium dichloride (0.013 g, 0.017 mmol). The tube was purged with nitrogen, sealed, and the mixture was heated to 100 °C for 17 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT and was concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-100% CH2Cl2:MeOH(90:10)/CH2Cl2. The remaining impurities were removed by diluting the crude with methanol causing a light yellow solid to precipitate, which were filtered and air dried to yield 3-(4-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenylamino)phthalazin- l-yl)benzonitrile. MS [M+H] = 497.0; Calc'd 496.5 for C30H20N6O2.
Example 30 (Method A2)
Synthesis of N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-lH- imidazol-2-yl)phthalazin-l-amine
In a nitrogen purged sealed tube was added 1,4-dioxane (1.35 mL), and the solution was purged with nitrogen for 5 minutes, then sealed. l-Methyl-2-(tributylstannyl)-lH- imidazole (0.31 1 g, 0.837 mmol), 4-chloro-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (0.120 g, 0.279 mmol) were added to the tube, which was then purged with nitrogen and sealed. To the tube was added 1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium dichloride (0.102 mg, 0.140 mmol), and the tube was purged with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 100 0C, while stirring the reaction for 17 hours. The reaction was cooled to RT, and concentrated. The concentrate was purifϊed using reverse phase chromatography, the product fractions were concentrated, extracted into DCM, washed once with sodium carbonate and once with water, upon which the title compound precipiated. The solids were filtered, washed with water, air dried to yield N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(l-methyl-lH- imidazol-2-yl)phthalazin-l -amine (0.039 g) as light yellow solid. MS [M+H]=476.0; Calc'd 475.5 for C27H2IN7O2.
Example 31 (Method A3)
Synthesis of 4-(3β-dimethylbut-l-ynyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine
A resealable pressure bottle, purged with argon, was charged with 4-chloro-N-(4-(7- methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine (120 mg, 0.28 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(ii) chloride (24 mg, 0.03 mmol), copper(I) iodide (6.4 mg, 0.03 mmol), 3, 3 -dimethyl- 1-butyne (86 μl, 0.70 mmol), and ACN (2.8 mL, 0.1 M). To the mixture was added TEA (0.785 mL, 5.6 mmol). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture was heated to 90 0C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with DCM and filtered over Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a brown residue, which was purified by Gilson HPLC {5-65% (0.1% TFA in CH3CN) in H2O over 20 min}. The product-containing fractions were combined, basified by addition of aq. NaHCO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic portion was dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford pure 4-(3,3-dimethylbut-l-ynyl)- N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine MS [M+H] = 476.1 Calc'd for C29H25N5O2: 475.5.
Example 32 (Method Bl)
Figure imgf000068_0001
Synthesis of 4-(azepan-l-yl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine A pyrex reaction tube was charged with 4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)benzenamine (128 mg, 0.478 mmol), l-(azepan-l-yl)-4-chlorophthalazine (125 mg, 0.478 mmol), TFA (0.029 ml, 0.382 mmol) and 2.4 mL of 2-BuOH. The tube was sealed and the reaction mixture was heated at 100 0C for 1.5 h. Upon cooling, EtOAc was added, and the resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with EtOAc. The solid was dissolved in 90/10/1 CH2Cl2ZMeOHZNH4OH and purified by silica gel chromatography with 90Z10Z1 CH2Cl2ZMeOHZNH4OH. The material was further purifed by reverse phase chromatography (Gilson, 5-95% ACN over 15 min) to provide 4-(azepan-l-yl)-N-(4-(7- methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine as a tan solid. MS m/z = 493 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C29H28N6O2: 492.57.
Example 33 (Method B2)
Synthesis of N-(4-(l,5-naphthyridin-4-yIthio)phenyl)-4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin- 1-amine l-Chloro-4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazine (30 mg, 109 μmol), p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (10 mg, 55 μmol) and 4-(l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)benzenamine (33 mg, 131 μmol) were combined in t-butanol in a sealed tube and the reaction mixture was stirred at 1000C for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography (0 to 100 % 90Zl OZl CH2Cl2ZMeOHZNH4OH) in CH2Cl2. The material was further purified by silica gel chromatography (0 to 100% EtOAcZhexane) to afford N-(4-(l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-(4- chlorophenyl)phthalazin- 1-amine. MS [M+H] = 492; Calc'd 491.99 for C28H18ClN5S.
Example 34 (Method B3)
Synthesis of 4-(4,5-dimethylthiophen-2-yl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine
In a nitrogen purged sealed tube, l-chloro~4-(4,5-dimethylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazine (0.040 g, 0.146 mmol) was dissolved in tert-butanol (1.00 mL). 4-(7-Methoxy-l,5- naphthyridin-4-yloxy)benzenamine (0.039 g, 0.146 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture in the tube was stirred at 100 0C for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-100% CH2Cl2:MeOH(90: 10)ZCH2Cl2. Product-containing fractions were concentrated to yield 4-(4,5-dimethylthiophen-2-yl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine as light yellow solid. MS [M+H] = 506.0; Calc'd 505.6 for C29H23N5O2S.
Example 35 (Method B4>
Synthesis of 4-ethyl-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-6-p- tolylpyridazin-3-amine
A pyrex reaction tube was charged with tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (20 mg,
0.021 mmol), 4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)benzenamine (122 mg, 0.430 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (99 mg, 1.031 mmol), S-Phos (35 mg, 0.086 mmol), and 3- chloro-4-ethyl-6-p-tolylpyridazine (100 mg, 0.430 mmol). The rection tube was purged with nitrogen. 1.3 mL of toluene was added, and the tube was sealed. The reaction mixture was heated at 100 0C for 3 h. Upon cooling, the mixture was diluted with 5% /PrOH/EtOAc and washed with water. The organic portion was dried with MgSO1J, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography (90/10/1 CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4θH) and reverse phase chromatography (Gilson, 10-95% CH3CN over 15 min) to provide 4-ethyl-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- ylthio)phenyl)-6-p-tolylpyridazin-3 -amine as a light yellow solid. MS m/z - 480 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C28H25N5OS: 479.60.
Example 36 (Method B5)
Figure imgf000070_0001
Synthesis of N5-(7-Methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)-N2-(4-phenylphthalazin-l- yl)pyrimidine-2,5-diamine N5-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)pyrimidine-2,5-diamine (90 mg, 335 μmol), 1- chloro-4-phenylphthalazine (97 mg, 403 μmol), THF (1677 μl, 335 μmol), and LiHMDS (1006 μl, 1006 μmol) were added into a pressure tube. The mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min. A red solution was formed. The tube was placed in a preheated oil bath at 100 0C. After 1 h, LCMS showed complete conversion of SM to product. The reaction was cooled to rt. Hexane was added to induce the product to precipitate out of the reaction mixture. The resulting red solid was filtered with an aid of hexane. LCMS confirmed that the solid was the product. The product was purified by performing a column chromatography on silica gel using 60:40 CH2C12:(90: 10:1 CH2Cl2MeOHrNH4OH). Yellow solid was obtained. LCMS confirmed product. HPLC showed 96% pure. 1H NMR showed rotamers. Note: this cmpd was slightly soluble in DMSO at rt. MS Calcd for C27H2oN80: [M]+= 472. Found: [M+H]+= 473.
Example 37 (Method Cl)
Figure imgf000071_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-(7-methoxy-l ,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4- methoxyphenyl)phthalazin-l-amine
A 5 mL microwave tube was charged with 4-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)phthalazin-l- ylamino)phenol and 3 equivalents of cesium carbonate (342 mg, 1.048 mmol) in 1.8 mL of DMF. The mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min. Following addition of 8-chloro-3- methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (88 mg, 0.454 mmol), the vessel was capped and irradiated at 150 0C for 15 min in the microwave, at which time the reaction was determined complete by LC/MS. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with water. The solids were filtered and washed with water. The solids were triturated with methanol, filtered to remove remaining impurities, washed with additional methanol and dried under vacuum to afford N-(4-(7-methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4- methoxyphenyl)phthalazin-l -amine as a light orange solid. MS [M+H]=502; Calc'd 501.54 for C30H25N5O3.
Example 38 (Method C2)
Figure imgf000071_0002
Synthesis of 4-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine
In a nitrogen purged sealed tube, 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (0.053 g, 0.271 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2.00 mL). 4-(4-(4-Tert-butylphenyl)phthalazin-l- ylamino)phenol (0.100 g, 0.271 mmol) and cesium carbonate (0.176 g, 0.541 mol) were added, and the mixture in the tube was stirred at 90 °C for 17 h. Upon cooling to RT, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gel chromatography using 0- 100% CH2Cl2:MeOH(90: 1O)/CH2C12 to yield 4-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy- l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine as off-white solid. MS [M+H]=528.1; Calc'd 527.6 for C33H29N5O2.
Example 39 (Method C3)
Figure imgf000072_0001
Synthesis of N-( 4-(3-fluoro-7-methoxyq uinoIin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4- (trifluoromethvOphenyl) phthalazin-1-amine
Racemic-2-(di-r-butylphosphino)-l,l'-binaphthyl (84 mg, 210 μmol), 4-chloro-3-fluoro- 7-methoxyquinoline (67 mg, 315 μmol), 4-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)phthalazin-l- ylamino)phenol (80 mg, 210 μmol), cesium carbonate (137 mg, 420 μmol), and Pd2dba3 (96 mg, 105 μmol) were combined in a resealable tube, and the tube was purged with nitrogen. Toluene (1049 μl, 210 μmol) was added and the tube was sealed and heated to 100 0C overnight. Analysis by LCMS showed incomplete conversion to product. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and DCM, and the water layer was separated and extracted first with DCM followed by ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The dark residue was taken up in DCM and hexanes, and a precipitate formed. The solid was filtered and purified by preparative HPLC. The crude reaction mixture was taken up in minimal DMSO and methanol and purified on the Gilson {15-85% (0.1% TFA in CH3CN) in H2O over 20 min}. Clean product containing fractions were combined and neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 then extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford N-(4-(3-fluoro-7-methoxyquinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl) phthalazin-1 -amine as a tan solid. Further purification was accomplished by silica gel chromatography (90: 10 CH2Cl2-MeOH). N-(4-(3-fluoro-7- methoxyquinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl) phthalazin-1 -amine was afforded as a tan solid. MS [M+H] = 557.0. Calc'd for C19H2]N5O: 556.15.
Example 40 (Method C4)
Figure imgf000073_0001
Synthesis of N1-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)-N4-(4-phenylphthalazin-l- yl)benzene-l,4-diamine
In a 20 mL sealed tube was dissolved 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (70 mg, 360 μmol) in DMF (2.00 mL). To this was added Nl-(4-phenylphthalazin-l-yl)benzene-l,4- diamine (124 mg, 396 μmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 70 0C for 17 h. Upon cooling to RT, the mixture was dissolved in DMF and purified using Gilson reverse phase chromatography. The product fractions were combined, concentrated and the resulting crude was extracted into DCM, washed 1 x sodium .carbonate, 1 x H2O, dried with
Na2SO4, filtered through fritted funnel, concentrated to yield Nl-(7-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridin-4-yl)-N4-(4-phenylphthalazin-l-yl)benzene-l,4-diamine as light yellow solid. MS [M+H]=471.0; Calc'd 470.5 for C29H22N6O.
Example 41 (Method C5)
Synthesis of N-(6-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)pyridin-3-yl)-4- phenylphthalazin-l-amine A pyrex reaction tube was charged with 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l ,5-naphthyridine (50 mg, 0.26 mmol), 5-(4-phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)pyridin-2-ol (80 mg, 0.26 mmol), cesium carbonate (249 mg, 0.76 mmol) and DMSO (2 mL). The tube was sealed and the reaction mixture was heated to 130 0C. After 3.5 h, an aliquot was analyzed by LCMS, and the desired product was determined to be the major peak. The reaction mixture was diluted with DMSO and purified by Gilson HPLC {5-65% (0.1% TFA in CH3CN) in H2O over 20 min}. The product-containing fractions were combined, basifϊed by addition of aq. NaHCO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic portion was dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford material that was further purified by silica gel chromatography, 90/10/1 CH2Cl2MeOHZNH4OH. This provided N-(6-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)pyridin-3-yl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine as pure material. MS [M+H] = 473.0@1.48minutes. Calc'd for C28H20N6O2: 472.5.
Example 42 (Method DIa)
Figure imgf000074_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-(7-Morpholinoquinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l- amine.
The title compound was prepared according to a method described in AIi, M. H.; Buchwald, S. L. J Org. Chem. 2001, 66, 2560. Pd2(dba)3 (21 mg, 23 μmol), DavePhos (18 mg, 46 μmol), and sodium fert-butoxide (110 mg, 1141 μmol) were added into a screw-capped tube equipped with a stir bar. The tube was purged with argon. N-(4- (7-Bromoquinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine (237 mg, 456 μmol) was added to the purged tube, followed by morpholine (159 μl, 1825 μmol), 1,4-dioxane (2074 μl, 456 μmol), and tert-butanol (1037 μl, 456 μmol). The tube was sealed and heated to 100 °C in an oil bath for 1 h. The reaction was cooled to rt, and 22 mg of
Pd2(dba)3, 20 mg of DavePhos, and 80 mg of NaOt-Bu were added. The tube was resealed and placed in a preheated oil bath at 100°C. After another 3.5 h, LCMS showed mainly product at 1.434 min as [M+H]+= 526. The mixture was passed through a pad of celite with an aid Of CH2Cl2. The filtrate was concentrated. The product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 70:30 to obtain top spot, then washing with 60:40 CH2Cl2:(90: 10: l CH2Cl2MeOHfNH4OH) to collect the product. Fractions containing the product were concentrated. A yellow solid was obtained and dried in the vacuum oven. The yellow solid was further purified by RPLC on the acidic Gilson workstation. Fractions containing the product were diluted with CH2Cl2 and neutralized with sat. NaHCO3. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Yellow solid was obtained. HPLC showed 100% pure. LCMS confirmed product. MS Calcd for C33H27N5O2: [M]+= 525. Found: [M+H]+= 526.
Example 43 (Method DIb)
Figure imgf000075_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-(4-(4-Phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)quinolin-6- yl)acetamide.
The title compound was prepared according to a method described in Gamier, E.; Andoux, J.; Pasquinet, E.; Suzenet, F.; Poullain, D.; Lebret, B.; Guillaumet, G. J. Org. Chem. 2004, 69, 7809. Xantphos (22 mg, 39 μmol) and 1,4-Dioxane (963 μl, 193 μmol) were added into a sealed tube. The tube was purged with argon, Palladium(II) acetate (4 mg, 19 μmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred under argon for 10 min. In a separate sealed tube, N-(4-(6-bromoquinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l- amine (100 mg, 193 μmol), acetamide (57 mg, 963 μmol), potassium carbonate (798 mg, 5776 μmol), and 1,4-dioxane (963 μl, 193 μmol) were added. Then the
Pd(OAc)2/Xantphos solution from the first tube was added with via syringe to the second tube. The resulting mixture was heated to 110 °C under an argon atmosphere with vigorous stirring until the halide disappeared. After 16 h, LCMS showed product at 1.324 as [M+H]+= 498. The reaction was cooled to rt, quenched with water, extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic portions were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by RPLC on the acidic Gilson workstation. To provide N-(4-(4-(4-phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)quinolin-6- yl)acetamide. MS Calcd for C31H23N5O2: [M]+= 497. Found: [M+H]+= 498.
Example 44 (Method D2)
Figure imgf000075_0002
Synthesis of 8-(4-(4-pheπylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)-l,5-naphthyridine-3- carbonitrile
A pyrex reaction tube was charged with N-(4-(7-bromo-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine (200 mg, 0.384 mmol), ZnCN2 (54.2 mg, 0.461 mmol), and palladium tetrakis (22.2 mg, 0.019 mmol) and was purged with nitrogen. 1.2 mL of DMF was added and the tube was purged with nitrogen for several minutes and then sealed. The reaction mixture was heated at 85 0C for 4 h. Upon cooling the mixture was poured into water, and the solids were filtered and washed with water. The crude material was dissolved in a mixture of MeOH and DMSO and purified by reverse phase chromatography (Gilson, 10-95% ACN over 15 min) to provide 8-(4-(4- phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)-l,5-naphthyridine-3-carbonitrile as a light yellow solid. MS m/z = 467 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C29Hi8N6O: 466.49.
Example 45 (Method B3)
Figure imgf000076_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-(6-(l-Methyl-ll/-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4- phenylphthalazin-1-amine
A sealed tube was charged with N-(4-(6-bromoquinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4- phenylphthalazin-1 -amine (110 mg, 212 μmol), sodium carbonate (2.0 M aqueous) (424 μl, 847 μmol), and 1,4-dioxane (1059 μl, 212 μmol) under an argon atmosphere. After stirring for 5 min, l-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (75 mg, 360 μmol) and l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium dichloride (15 mg, 21 μmol) were added, and the tube was sealed and heated to 100 °C. After 2 h, LCMS showed mainly product. The product was extracted with CH2Cl2, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by RPLC on the acidic Gilson workstation. Fractions containing the product were diluted with CH2Cl2 and neutralized with sat. NaHCO3. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Yellow solid was obtained. N-(4-(6-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine. MS Calcd for C33H24N6O: [M]+= 520. Found: [M+H]+= 521.
Example 46
Figure imgf000077_0001
Synthesis of 7-(4-(4-phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide
A 5 ml microwave tube was charged with 7-(4-aminophenoxy)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide (85 mg, 0.300 mmol) and l-chloro-4-phenylphthalazine (60 mg, 0.250 mmol) in 2.0 ml of tert-butanol. The vessel was capped and irradiated at 140 0C for 15 minutes in the microwave. Analysis of an aliquot of the crude mixture by LCMS showed remaining starting material and approximately 20% conversion to desired product. Irradiated at 150 0C for an additional 20 minutes, at which time reaction was deemed complete by LCMS analysis. Cooled to ambient temperature and diluted reaction mixture with methanol. Filtered solids, washed with additional methanol and concentrated in vacuo to afford 7-(4-(4-phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxamide. MS m/z = 490 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C28Hi9N5O2S: 489.55.
Example 47
Figure imgf000077_0002
Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl)phthaIazin-l- ylamino)phenoxy)quinoline-7-carboxamide A sealed tube was charged with 4-(4-(4-(5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl)phthalazin-l- ylamino)phenoxy)quinoline-7-carbonitrile (150 mg, 0.529 mmol) in neat concentrated sulfuric acid (3mL). The tube was sealed and placed in a preheated oil bath at 80 0C for 1 h, at which point the reaction was determined complete by LCMS. The reaction was cooled to RT and added drop-wise to sat. sodium bicarbonate in an ice bath. Neutralized the mixture with 2N NaOH to a pH of 7 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3X). Organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude was purified via silica gel chromatography using a slow gradient of 90:10:1 (DCM:methanol:ammonium hydroxide) in DCM. Fractions contained the desired material were pooled and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4-(4-(4-(5-fluoro-2- methoxyphenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)quinoline-7-carboxamide as a tan solid. MS m/z = 532 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C3IH22FN5O3: 531.54.
Example 48
Figure imgf000078_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-ethyl-6-phenylpyridazin-3-ylamino)phenoxy)quinoIine-7- carboxamide
A microwave reaction vial was charged with 4-chloroquinoline-7-carbonitrile (97.1 mg, 0.515 mmol), 4-(4-ethyl-6-phenylpyridazin-3-ylamino)phenol (150 mg, 0.515 mmol), cesium carbonate (252 mg, 0.772 mmol) and 2.6 mL of DMSO. The vial was sealed, and the reaction mixture was irradiated in the microwave at 150 0C for 15 min. Upon cooling the mixture was poured into water and the resulting solids were filtered and washed with water. The crude solids were dissolved in 90/10/1 CH2Cl2ZMeOHZNH4OH and purified by silica gel chromatography, 5-100% 90Zl OZl : CH2Cl2 over 25 min which provided 4- (4-(4-ethyl-6-phenylpyridazin-3-ylamino)phenoxy)quinoline-7-carboxamide as a tan solid. MS m/z = 462 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C28H23N3O2: 461.52. Example 49
Figure imgf000079_0001
Synthesis of 3-chloro-4-isopropyl-6-phenyIpyridazine A RBF was charged with S-chlorcM-ethyl-ό-phenylpyridazine (250 mg, 1.143 mmol) and 5.7 mL of THF, and the mixture was cooled to -78 0C under nitrogen. Lithium diisopropylamide, 2.0 M solution in heptane/tetrahydrofuran/ethylbenzene (0.686 mL, 1.372 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 5 min at -78 0C, followed by 1 h at room temperature. The mixture was cooled back down to -78 0C, and methyl iodide ( 195 mg, 1.372 mmol) that had been passed through a plug of basic alumina prior to use was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at this temperature for 5 min, followed by RT for 0.5 h. After quenching with water, the solution was diluted with CH2Cl2 and the layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional CH2Cl2 and the combined organics were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography (CH2Cl2 - 10% MeOHZCH2Cl2) to provide 3- chloro-4-isopropyl-6-phenylpyridazine as a colorless oil, which crystallized upon standing. MS m/z = 233 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C13Hi3ClN2: 232.71.
Example 50
Figure imgf000079_0002
Synthesis of Nl-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)-Nl-methyl-N4-(4- phenylphthalazin-l-yl)benzene-l,4-diamine
Step 1 : 7-methoxy-N-methyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-amine To a resealable pressure vessel was added n-methyl-4-nitroaniline (0.911 ml, 7.19 mmol), pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (1.81 g, 7.19 mmol), 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridine (1.000 g, 5.14 mmol), and n-BuOH (15 mL). The vessel was sealed and heated to 100 0C. After 4 h, the mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with 1 N NaOH, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic fraction was dried with Na2SO1J, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gel chromatography using 50-100% Hexanes:EtOAc to afford 7-methoxy-N-methyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-amine as a yellow solid. MH+ = 311.2@1.51min.
Step 2: Nl-(7-methoxy-1.5-naphthyridin-4-yl)-Nl-methylbenzene-M-diamine To a mixture of 7-methoxy-N-methyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-amine (0.233 g, 0.751 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) at RT was added a suspension of 10% palladium on carbon (0.0799 g, 0.751 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL). The mixture was exposed to an atmosphere of hydrogen (balloon). After 4 h, the mixture was filtered over celite and concentrated in vacuo. The crude yellow foam, Nl-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)- Nl-methylbenzene-l,4-diamine, was advanced without further purification. MH+ = 281.2@1.21min. Step 3 : N 1 -(7-methoxy- 1.5-naphthyridin-4-yl)-N 1 -methyl-N4-(4-phenylphthalazin- 1 - vDbenzene- 1 ,4-diamine
A mixture of N 1 -(7-methoxy-l ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)-N 1 -methylbenzene- 1 ,4-diamine (0.061 g, 0.22 mmol) and l-chloro-4-phenylphthalazine (0.052 g, 0.22 mmol) was heated at 1000C for 48 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 1-10% MeOH:CH2Cl2 containing 1% NH4OH to afford Nl -(7-methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)-N 1 -methyl-N4-(4-phenylphthalazin- 1 -yl)benzene- 1,4-diamine as a yellow solid.
Example 51
Figure imgf000080_0001
Synthesis of 4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahvdro-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)benzenamine
To a solution of 4-(7-bromo-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)benzenamine (0.150 g, 0.474 mmol) in MeOH (7 mL) at RT was added a suspension of 10% palladium on carbon (0.0505 g, 0.474 mmol) in EtOAc (2 mL). The mixture was subjected to an atmosphere of hydrogen (balloon) and stirred overnight. After 18 hrs, the mixture was filtered over celite and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting tan foam, crude 4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-l,5- naphthyridin-4-yloxy)benzenamine, was advanced without further purification. MH+ = 242.2@0.49min
Example 52
Synthesis of N-(4-(l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l-amine
To a mixture of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (9 mg, 0.0079 mmol) and sodium methoxide (9 mg, 0.16 mmol) was added a solution of N-(4-(7-bromo-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine (0.041 g, 0.079 mmol) in DMF (2 mL). The mixture was heated to 100°C in an Argon purged, resealable tube. After 3 hrs, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 1- 10% MeOH:CH2Cl2 containing 1% NH4OH to afford N-(4-(l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine as a tan solid. MH+ = 442.1@1.51min.
Example 53
Figure imgf000081_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-((7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l- amine
Step 1: 7-Methoxy-4-(phenylthio)quinoline A resealable tube under N2 was charged with 4-chloro-7-methoxyquinoline ( 1.00 g, 5.16 mmol), thiophenol (0.528 ml, 5.16 mmol), cesium carbonate (2.52 g, 7.75 mmol) and DMSO (5 mL). The mixture was heated at 100 0C for 2hrs. The crude reaction mixture was directly purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-10% CH2Cl2MeOH to afford 7-methoxy-4-(phenylthio)quinoline as a off-white solid. MH+= 268.0. Step 2: 7-Methoxy-4-(phenylsulfinyl)quinoline
To 7-methoxy-4-(phenylthio)quinoline (1.38 g, 5.16 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) at -78 0C was added m-CPBA (77%) (1.25 g, 7.23 mmol) portionwise. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to RT (3 hrs). The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 then neutralized with NaHCO3 (sat.). The aqueous phase was extracted three times with CH2CI2 then the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-10% CH2Cb-MeOH to afford 7-methoxy-4-(phenylsulfϊnyl)quinoline (1.37 g, 94% yield) as a off-white foam. MH+= 284.0. Step 3: (7-Methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanol
To a solution of 7-methoxy-4-(phenylsulfϊnyl)quinoline (0.232 g, 0.819 mmol) in THF (6 mL) at -78°C was added phenylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF) (0.819 ml, 1.64 mmol). After 5 min, the solution was warmed to RT for 15 minutes. The solution was then cooled to -78°C and 4-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.371 g, 2.46 mmol) was added in one portion. After 5 min, the solution was warmed to RT. After 1 hr at RT, the reaction was quenched with saturated NH4Cl. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and washed with water and brine. The organic fraction was dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The yellow residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 20-100% Hexanes:EtOAc to afford (7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanol as a white solid. MH+ = 311.2@1.44min
Step 4: 4-((7-Methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)benzenamine
A mixture of (7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanol (0.187 g, 0.603 mmol) and tin(π) chloride dihydrate (0.823 g, 3.62 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was heated to 6O0C. After 1 hr, an additional 5 eq of tin(II) chloride dihydrate was added. After 3 hrs, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with EtOAc and water. Saturated NaHCθ3 was added until the aqueous layer was basic. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solids washed with EtOAc. The organic fraction was washed with water and brine. After drying with Na2SO4 and concentrating in vacuo, the crude yellow solid, 4-((7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)benzenamine was advanced without further purification. MH+ = 265.1@0.99min.
Step 5 : N-(4-((7-Methoxyquinolin-4-vPmethyl)phenv0-4-phenylphthalazin- 1 -amine A mixture of 1 -chloro-4-phenylphthalazine (0.082 g, 0.34 mmol) and 4-((7- methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)benzenamine (0.090 g, 0.34 mmol) in tBuOH (2.5 mL) was heated to 1050C in a resealable tube. After 3 hrs, the mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with CH2Cl2 and washed with saturated NaHCθ3 and brine. The organic fraction was dried with Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gel chromatography using 50-100% Hexanes:EtOAc to afford N-(4-((7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)phenyl)- 4-phenylphthalazin- 1 -amine as a light yellow solid. MH+ = 469.2@1.47min Example 54
Figure imgf000083_0001
Synthesis of N-(5-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)pyridin-2-yl)-4- phenylphthalazin-1 -amine Step 1. N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine
In a nitrogen purged 75 mL sealed tube, dissolved 2,4-dimethoxybenzylamine hydrochloride (2.54 g, 12.5 mmol), cesium carbonate (4.06 g, 12.5 mmol) in tBuOH (15 mL). Added l-chloro-4-phenylphthalazine (2.0 g, 8.31 mmol)and the tube was stirred at 100 0C for 17 h. The tube was cooled to RT, and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Dissolved the crude material in DCM, and filtered the solution to remove cesium carbonate. Performed silica gel chromatography using 0-100% EtO Ac/Hex and concentrated to yield N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine as orange oil. MS [M+H]=372; Calc'd 371.4 for C23H21N3O2. Step 2. 4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine In a 150 mL sealed tube, dissolved N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine (3.00 g, 8.1 mmol) in acetic acid (40 mL). Hydrobromic acid (48% aqueous) (2.6 mL,24 mmol) was added and the tube was stirred at 90 0C for 3 h. The solution was cooled to RT, and slowly poured into water, which caused a pink solid to crash out. The solid was filtered and rinsed with water. The product containing filtrate was slowly poured into saturated sodium carbonate. The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM, washed twice with water, dried with Na2SO4, filtered through fritted funnel, and concentrated to yield 4- phenylphthalazin-1 -amine as light yellow solid. MS [M+H]=222; Calc'd 221.3 for C14H11N3. Step 3. N-(5-(7-methoxy-1.5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)pyridin-2-yl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l- amine
In a nitrogen purged sealed tube was added toluene (1.5 mL), purged the solvent with nitrogen for 5 minutes and sealed the tube. To the tube was added 8-(6-bromopyridin-3- yloxy)-3-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (0.100 g, 0.301 mmol), 4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine (0.080 g, 0.361 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (0.072 g, 0.753 mmol), and the tube was again purged with nitrogen and sealed. Added tBu X-phos (0.013 g, 0.030 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (o) (0.007 g, 0.008 mmol), purged the reaction with nitrogen, sealed, heated the tube to 100 0C, stirring for 24 h. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered through pad of silica gel, washed with 100% CH2Cl2:MeOH(90:l O)/CH2C12 and concentrated. The crude was purified using reverse phase chromatography, extracted the concentrated product fractions into DCM, washed the organic layer 1 x with sodium carbonate, 1 x H2O, dried with Na2SO4, filtered solution through fritted funnel, and concentrated the filtrate to afford N-(5-(7-methoxy- l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)pyridin-2-yl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine as light yellow solid. MS [M+H]=473; Calc'd 472.5 for C28H20N6O2.
Synthesis of 4-(4-ethynyJpIlieiiiyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l^-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine Step 1. N-(4-(7-Methoxy-1.5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenylV4-f4-(2- (triethylsilvDethvnvDphenvDphthalazin- 1 -amine
In an argon purged sealed pressure vessel was added 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(7- methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (0.120 g, 0.237 mmol), cesium carbonate (0.201 g, 0.617 mmol), X-phos (0.017 g, 0.0356 mmol), dichloropalladium bisacetonitrile (0.003 mg, 0.011 mmol), and acetonitrile (0.50 mL).
Starting material was not soluble in acetonitrile, so added 0.5 mL 1,4 dioxane. Purged the reaction with argon, then added (triethylsilyl)acetylene (0.055 mL, 0.308 mmol), and agina purged with vessel with argon, sealed, heated it to 90 0C. The reaction was stirred for 1 h. Reaction complete by LC/MS. The reaction was cooled to RT, passed through pad of silica, washed with 100% CH2Cl2:MeOH(90: 10)/CH2C12 and the organics were concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0-100% CH2Cl2:MeOH(90: 10)/CH2C12. The product fractions were concentrated to yield N-(4-(7-methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4-(2- (triethylsilyl)ethynyl)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine as light yellow solid. MS [M+H]=610.2; Calc'd 609.8 for C37H35N5O2Si. Step 2. 4-(4-Ethvnylphenyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-1.5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy')phenyl)phthalazin- 1 -amine
In a nitrogen purged sealed tube was dissolved N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4-(2-(triethylsilyl)ethynyl)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine (0.100 g, 0.164 mmol) in MeOH (2.00 mL). Potassium carbonate (0.068 g, 0.492 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 20 0C for 24 h and then concentrated. The crude was extracted into DCM, washed 1 x with water, 1 x with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered through fritted funnel, concentrated. The resulting crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0-100% CH2Cl2MeOH(QOiIOyCH2Cl2. The product fractions were concentrated to afford 4-(4-ethynylphenyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine as light yellow solid. MS [M+H]=496; Calc'd 495.5 for C31H21N5O2.
Example 56
Figure imgf000085_0001
Synthesis of (6-(4-(4-(6,7-Dimethoxyquinolin-4-yloxy)phenylamino)phthalazin-l- yl)pyridin-2-yl)methanol
(6-(4-(4-(6,7-dimethoxyquinolin-4-yloxy)phenylamino)phthalazin-l-yl)pyridin-2- yl)methyl acetate (45 mg, 78 μmol) was saponified in 0.5 mL of THF:MeOH:H2O (3:1:1) in a screw-capped tube. Lithium hydroxide hydrate (26 mg, 620 μmol) was added. After 1 h at rt, LCMS showed mainly product at 1.237 min as [M+H]+= 532. The product was extracted with CH2Cl2, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purifed by performing column chromatography on silica gel using 40:60 CH2Cl2:(90:10:l CH2Cl2MeOHiNH4OH). Yellow glass was obtained and dried in the vacuum oven overnight. Yellow solid was obtained. LCMS confirmed product (6-(4-(4- (6,7-dimethoxyquinolin-4-yloxy)phenylamino)phthalazin-l-yl)pyridin-2-yl)methanol. MS Calcd for C31H25N5O4: [M]+= 531. Found: [M+H]+= 532. Example 57
Figure imgf000086_0001
Synthesis of N5-(7-Methoxyquinolin-4-yl)pyrimidine-2,5-diamine Step 1: N-(5-(7-Methoxyquinolm-4-ylamino)Dyrimidin-2-yl')benzamide
In a screw cap test tube were dissolved 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (281 mg, 1443 μmol), N-(5-aminopyrimidin-2-yl)benzamide (281 mg, 1312 μmol) and pyridinium /7-toluenesulfonate (494 mg, 1968 μmol) in butan-2-ol (2623 μl, 1312 μmol) then heated at 100 0C. The reaction turned black in a minute. After 1 h, the reaction mixture showed full conversion to product according to LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2, neutralized with sat. NaHCC>3. An emulsion was formed but the two layers eventually separated. The aqueous phase was extracted 3 times with CH2Cl2, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated under reduce pressure to give a tan solid. The solid was triturated with hexane, filtered, and dried under vacuo. Brown solid was collected. LCMS confirmed the presence of the product, N-(5-(7-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridin-4-ylamino)pyrimidin-2-yl)benzamide. MS Calcd for C2OHi6N6O2: [M]+=
372. Found: [M+H]+= 373.
Step 2: N5-(7-Methoxyquinolin-4-yl)pyrimidine-2.5-diamine
In 25 mL sealed tube, N-(5-(7-methoxyquinolin-4-ylamino)pyrimidin-2-yl)benzamide (400 mg, 1077 μmol) was added into 6 ml of MeOH followed by addition of 2 mL of HCl (cone). The reaction was heated at 80 0C. After 1.5 h the reaction mixture based on LCMS showed full conversion to desired product [M+H]++l=269 @ 0.8 min - protonated form. The reaction was cooled to 0 °C, 50 mL Of CH2Cl2 was added, and the mixture was neutralized with 6N NaOH. Solid precipitated out of the solution in the aqueous layer. The whole mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The solid was filtered off with an aid of water to yield a sticky solid. The solid was transferred into a flask with an aid of MeOH. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford N5-(7- methoxyquinolin-4-yl)pyrimidine-2,5-diamine as a gray solid. Example 58
Figure imgf000087_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-nitrobenzyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b] [l,4]oxazine To a mixture of 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][l,4]oxazine (0.500 g, 3.70 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.56 g, 18.5 mmol) in acetone (25 mL) was added 1- (bromomethyl)-4-nitrobenzene (0.959 g, 4.44 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux and stirred overnight. After 16 hrs the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with EtOAc, and washed with water and brine. The organic fraction was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo, and the crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 100% Hexanes to 30% Hexanes:EtOAc to afford 4-(4-nitrobenzyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b][l,4]oxazine as an orange oil. MS found: M+H+ = 271.1.
Figure imgf000087_0002
Synthesis of 4-((23-dihydrobenzo[bl U.41oxazin-4-vDmethyl)benzenamine
A mixture of 4-(4-nitrobenzyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][l,4]oxazine (0.432 g, 1.6 mmol) and tin(π) chloride dihydrate (1.8 g, 8.0 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was heated to 5O0C. After 3 hrs the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue taken up in EtOAc.
Saturated NaHCU3 was added and the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was washed with brine, dried with Na2SO4, conentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gel chromatography using 20-100% Hexanes:EtOAc to afford 4-((2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]oxazin-4- yl)methyl)benzenamine as an orange oil. MS found: M+H+ = 241.1. Example 60
Figure imgf000088_0001
Synthesis of 7-methoxy-4-(phenvIsulfinyl)quinoline To a mixture of 7-methoxy-4-(phenylthio)quinoline (1.38 g, 5.16 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) at -78 0C was added m-CPBA (77%) (1.25 g, 7.23 mmol) and the mixture was allowed to slowly warm to RT (ca. Ih). The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and washed with saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography using CH2Cl2:MeOH 100:0 to 90:10 to afford 7-methoxy-4- (phenylsulfinyl)quinoline as a off-white solid. MS found: M-I-H+= 284.0.
Example 61
Figure imgf000088_0002
Synthesis of (7-methoxγquinoIin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenv0methanol
To a solution of 7-methoxy-4-(phenylsulfinyl)quinoline (0.232 g, 0.819 mmol) in THF (6 mL) at -78°C was added phenylmagnesium chloride, 2.0 M in THF (0.819 ml, 1.64 mmol). After 5 min, the solution was warmed to RT for 15 minutes. The solution was cooled to -780C and treated with 4-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.371 g, 2.46 mmol). After 5 min, the solution was warmed to RT. After 1 hr, the reaction was quenched with saturated NH4Cl. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and washed with water and brine. The organic fraction was dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The yellow residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 20-100% Hexanes:EtOAc to afford (7- methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanol as a white solid. MS found M+H+ = 311.2. Example 62
Figure imgf000089_0001
Synthesis of 4-((7-methoxγquinolin-4-yl)methyl)benzenamine A mixture of (7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanol (0.187 g, 0.603 mmol) and tin(π) chloride dihydrate (0.823 g, 3.62 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was heated to 600C. After 1 hr an additional 5 eq of tin(II) chloride dihydrate was added. After 3 hrs, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with EtOAc and water. Saturated NaHCθ3 was added until the aqueous layer was basic. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solids washed with EtOAc. The organic fraction was washed with water, brine, and dried with Na2SO4. After concentrating in vacuo, the crude, yellow solid, 4- ((7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)benzenamine was advanced without further purification. MS found: M+H+ = 265.1.
Figure imgf000089_0002
Synthesis of 7-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbonitrile
4-Chloro-7-methoxyquinoline-6-carboxamide was prepared in accordance to a procedure described in WO 01/94353. Example 64
Figure imgf000089_0003
Synthesis of 2^-dimethyl-5-((pyridin-4-ylamino)methylene)-lr3-dioxane-4,6-dione
In a dried 2-necked RBF equipped with reflux condenser and inert atmosphere, 2,2- dimethyI-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (2.33 g, 16 mmol) was dissolved in triethyl orthoformate (16 ml, 97 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 100 0C under nitrogen for 1.5 h. On complete consumption of starting material (tic), pyridin-4-amine (1.5 g, 16 mmol) was added and heating continued for 4.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled down to RT and poured into hexane (50 mL). The solid was filtered off and washed with hexane to afford 2,2-dimethyl-5-((pyridin-4-ylamino)methylene)-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione as an orange solid.
Figure imgf000090_0001
Synthesis of 1, 6-naphthyridin-4-ol
A solution of 2, 2-dimethyl-5-((pyridin-4-ylamino)methylene)-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (1.149 g, 4.63 mmol) in diphenyl ether was heated at 200 0C for 20 min, then cooled to RT. Hexane was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 mins. The solid was filtered off and washed with hexane to furnish 1, 6-naphthyridin-4-ol as an off-brown solid.
Example 66
Figure imgf000090_0002
Synthesis of 4-chloro-l, 6-naphthyridine
1, 6-naphthyridin-4-ol (0.530 g, 3.63 mmol) was dissolved in phosphorus oxychloride (4.06 ml, 43.5 mmol) and heated at reflux for 14 h. Excess POCI3 was removed under reduced pressure and the mixture was azeotroped with toluene. The resultant gum was treated with sat. NaHCθ3 until no gas was generated. The mixture was extracted with
EtOAc, the combined extracts were washed with sodium bicarbonate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (RediSep 40 g column, gradient elution with 0-90% EtOAc/DCM) to afford 4-chloro-l, 6-naphthyridine as a white solid.
Figure imgf000091_0001
Synthesis of 4-(thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-ylthio)aniline 4-(Thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-ylthio)aniline was prepared using the procedure described in Example 17. MS m/z = 259 [M+H]+. Calc'd for Ci3H10N2S2: 258.36.
Example 68
Figure imgf000091_0002
Synthesis of 7-(4-aminophenylthio)thieno[3,2-b] pyridine-2-carbonitrile
7-(4-Aminophenylthio)thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- was prepared using the procedure described in Example 17. MS m/z = 284 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C14H9N3S2: 283.37.
Example 69
Figure imgf000091_0003
Synthesis of 4-chloro-5,7-dimethoxyquinoline
Step 1 : 5-((3.5-Dimethoxyphenylamino')methylene)-2.2-dimethyl-l ,3-dioxane-4,6-dione In a dried 2-necked round bottom flask equipped with reflux condenser and inert atmosphere, 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (5.3 g, 37 mmol) was dissolved in triethyl orthoformate (37 ml, 221 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 100 0C under nitrogen for 1.5 h. 3,5-Dimethoxybenzenamine (5.6 g, 37 mmol) was added and heating continued for 4.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled down to RT and poured into hexane (50 mL). The solid was filtered off and washed with hexane to afford 5-((3,5- dimethoxyphenylamino)methylene)-2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione as a light yellow solid. MS Found m/z = [M+H]+. 308.1 Calc'd for Ci5H17NO6: 307.3. Step 2: 5,7-Dimethoxyquinolin-4-ol
A solution of 5-((3,5-dimethoxyphenylamino)methylene)-2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6- dione (9.23 g, 30.0 mmol) in diphenyl ether was heated at 200 °C for 20 min., then cooled down to RT. Hexane was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 mins. The solvent was removed to furnish 5, 7-dimethoxyquinolin-4-ol as a light brown solid, which was used for next step without further purification. MS Found m/z = [M+H]+. 206.2 Calc'd for Ci1HnNO3: 205.2. Step 3: 4-Chloro-5.7-dimethoxyquinoline
To a mixture of crude 5,7-dimethoxyquinolin-4-ol (5.36 g, 26 mmol) and Hunig'sBase (9.1 ml, 52 mmol) in toluene, was added POCU (29 ml, 313 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 5 h. Excess POCI3 was removed under reduced pressure and azeotroped with toluene. The resultant gum was treated with sat. NaHCOs until no gas generated. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc, the organic extracts were combined and washed with sodium bicarbonate and solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (RediSep 12O g column, gradient elution with 0-50% EtOAc/DCM) to afford 4-chloro-5,7-dimethoxyquinoline as a yellow solid. MS Found m/z = [M+H]+. 224.2 Calc'd for C11Hi0ClN: 223.7.
Figure imgf000092_0001
Synthisis of 7-chloro-2-(trimethylsilyl)furo[3,2-b] pyridine
Step 1: 2-(Trimethylsilyl)furor3,2-blpyridine A sealed pressure flask was charged with 2-bromopyridin-3-ol (10.0 g, 57.5 mmol), ethynyltrimethylsilane (15.9 ml, 1 15 mmol), copper (I) iodide (1.09 g, 5.75 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride (2.02 g, 2.87 mmol) and 7.5 mL of dioxane. Ethynyltrimethylsilane (15.9 ml, 115 mmol) and TEA (40.0 ml, 287 mmol) were added, the vial was flushed with nitrogen, and the reaction was stirred at 5O0C for 18h. The reaction was concentrated and purified via column chromatography (gradient elution 0-40% EtOAc:Hex) to afford 2-(trimethylsilyl)furo[3,2-b]pyridine as a brown oil. MS Found M+H+ = 192.3
Step 2: 2-(TrimethylsilvDfuro|"3,2-blpyridine N-oxide
2-(Trimethylsilyl)furo[3,2-b]pyridine (14.68 g, 76.7 mmol) was dissolved in 80 mL DCM and cooled to O0C. m-CPBA (33.1 g, 192 mmol) was dissolved in 160 mL DCM and slowly added to the reaction vessel. Upon complete addition, the reaction was warmed to RT and stirred for three hours. Reaction was diluted with DCM and washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. 30g of carbonate scavenger beads (-30 mmol) were added to the organic layer and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction was filtered, washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The material was purified via column chromatography (gradient elution 0-10% MeOH:DCM) to afford 2-(trimethylsilyl)furo[3,2-b]pyridine N-oxide as a light brown oil that solidified under high vacuum. MS: M+H+ = 208.2 Step 3: 7-Chloro-2-(trimethylsilyl)furo[3.2-blpyridine 2-(Trimethylsilyl)furo[3,2-b]pyridine N-oxide (10.51 g, 50.7 mmol) dissolved in POCl3 (47.3 ml, 507 mmol) in a sealed flask and heated at 1000C for one hour. The reaction was cooled to RT, poured into a beaker washing with minimal DCM, and cooled in a brine bath. Saturated sodium bicarbonate solution was added very slowly and then solid sodium bicarbonate was added portion wise until the solution was at about pH = 8. The solution was extracted twice with DCM, and the combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The material was purified via column chromatography (gradient elution 5-40% EtOAc.Hex) to afford 7-chloro-2- (trimethylsilyl)furo[3,2-b]pyridine as a pale yellow oil. MS: M+H+ = 226.2
Example 71
Figure imgf000093_0001
Synthesis of 7-chloro-2-cyclopropy-furo[3,2-b]pyridine
Step 1: 7-Chloro-2-iodofuror3.2-blpyridine
7-Chloro-2-(trimethylsilyl)furo[3,2-b]pyridine (.250 g, 1.1 1 mmol) and NIS (2.49 g, 11.1 mmol) were dissolved in 3 mL of ACN and stirred for 5 minutes. Potassium fluoride
(0.0708 g, 1.22 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 50 0C for one hour. The reaction was concentrated, redissolved in ethyl acetate, and washed with saturated sodium thiosulfate, water and brine. The organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The crude material was purified via column chromatography (gradient elution 0-100% EtOAc:Hex) to afford 7-chloro-2-iodofuro[3,2-b]pyridine as a white solid. MS: M+H+ = 280.2.
Step 2: 7-Chloro-2-cvclopropylfuror3,2-b1pyridine
7-Chloro-2-iodofuro[3,2-b]pyridine (.130 g, 0.47 mmol), cyclopropylboronic acid (0.080 g, 0.93 mmol), and tricyclohexylphosphine (0.026 g, 0.093 mmol) were dissolved in 3 mL toluene and 1 mL water. Potassium phosphate (0.30 g, 1.4 mmol) was added followed by PdOAc2 (0.010 g, 0.047 mmol), the reaction was flushed with argon, and the reaction stirred at 100 0C for 48h. The reaction was cooled to RT and partitioned between DCM and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The crude material was purified via column chromatography (gradient elution 0-50% EtOAc:Hex) to afford 7-chloro-2-cyclopropylfuro[3,2-b]pyridine as an orange oil. MS: M+H+ = 194.4.
Example 72
Figure imgf000094_0001
Synthesis of 7-chlorofuro[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbon-trile
In a sealed tube 7-chloro-2-iodofuro[3,2-b]pyridine (.200 g, 0.72 mmol), KCN (0.093 g, 1.4 mmol), and copper (I) iodide (0.014 g, 0.072 mmol) were dissolved in 2 mL DMF. Pd(Ph3P)4 (0.041 g, 0.036 mmol) was added, the tube was flushed with nitrogen, and the reaction in the tube was stirred overnight at 1000C. The reaction was cooled to RT, diluted with DCM, and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM, and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The material was purified via column chromatography (gradient elution 0-50% EtOAc:Hex) to afford 7-chlorofuro[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carbonitrile as a white solid. MS: M+H+ = 179.4.
Figure imgf000095_0001
Synthesis of 7-chloro-2--nethy-furo[3,2-b]pyridine
In an oven-dried round bottom flask, 7-chloro-2-iodofuro[3,2-b]pyridine (.200 g, 0.72 mmol) was dissolved in 3 mL THF and cooled to -780C. nBuLi (0.43 ml, 1.1 mmol) was slowly added and the reaction was stirred for one hour. Meanwhile, a vial was filled with MeI and warmed to RT. Magnesium sulfate was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes and filtered into another vial. Immediately from this vial, MeI (0.11 ml, 1.8 mmol) was added to the reaction which was stirred at -78 0C for 3 hours. The reaction was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution and warmed to RT. DCM was added, the layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The material was purified via column chromatography (gradient elution 0-50% EtOAc:Hex) to afford 7-chloro-2-methylfuro[3,2-b]pyridine as a light brown oil. MS: M+H+ = 168.3.
The Examples disclosed in Table I below are additional representative examples, of the present invention. These Examples were made by the methods indicated in Table I, which generally correlate to Methods Al-3, Bl-5, Cl-5 and DIa, DIb, D2 and D3 of Examples 29-45 herein. The MS data is the M+tT ion value found for the example. Biological data is provided for a majority of those compounds exemplified in Table I. It should be understood and appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art that the data for compound examples 39, 174, 230, 248, 282, 311, 318, 323, 333, 340-341, 347, 360 and 369 may not be completely accurate, as presented herein, likely due to poor sample solubility, or other possible solution related issues, causing a decreased calculated activity. It is believed that these examples should be more active than recorded herein. TABLEl
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
- Ill-
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0002
Example 371
• -. - • • _ .
Figure imgf000123_0001
Synthesis of 4-chloro-5,7-dimethoxyquinoline
Step 1 : 5-((3.5-Dimethoxyphenylamino)methylene)-2.2-dimethyl-1.3-dioxane-4.6-dione In a dried 2-necked round bottom flask equipped with reflux condenser and inert atmosphere, 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (5.3 g, 37 mmol) was dissolved in triethyl orthoformate (37 ml, 221 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 100 0C under nitrogen for 1.5 h. 3,5-dimethoxybenzenamine (5.6 g, 37 mmol) was added and heating continued for 4.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled down to RT and poured into hexane (50 mL). The solid was filtered off and washed with hexane to afford 5-((3,5- dimethoxyphenylamino)methylene)-2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione as a light yellow solid. MS: m/z = [M+H]+. 308.1 Calc'd for Ci5H17NO6: 307.3. Step 2: 5 J-Dimethoxyquinolin-4-ol
A solution of 5-((3,5-dimethoxyphenylamino)methylene)-2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6- dione (9.23 g, 30.0 mmol) in diphenyl ether was heated at 200 0C for 20 min. It was cooled down to RT. Hexane was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 mins. The solvent was removed to furnish 5, 7-dimethoxyquinolin-4-ol as a light brown solid, which was used for next step without further purification. MS: m/z = [M+H]+. 206.2 Calc'd for C11Hi1NO3: 205.2. Step 3: 4-Chloro-5.7-dimethoxyquinoline
To a mixture of crude 5,7-dimethoxyquinolin-4-ol (5.36 g, 26 mmol) and Hunig'sBase (9.1 ml, 52 mmol) in toluene, was added POCI3 (29 ml, 313 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 5 h. Excess POCl3 was removed under reduced pressure and the mixture was azeotroped with toluene. The resultant gum was treated with sat. NaHCO3 until no gas generated. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc, the organic extracts were combined and washed with sodium bicarbonate and solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (RediSep 120 g column, gradient elution with 0-50% EtOAc/DCM) to afford 4-chloro-5,7- dimethoxyquinoline as a yellow solid. MS: m/z = [M+H]+. 224.2 Calc'd for CuHi0ClN: 223.7.
Example 372
Figure imgf000124_0001
Synthesis of 4-Chloro-6-(trifluoromethoxy)quinoIine
Step 1 : 2,2-Dimethyl-5-((4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenylamino)methylene)-l ,3-dioxane-4.6- dione
In a 48 mL sealed tube was dissolved 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (0.81 g, 5.6 mmol) in trimethyl orthoformate (5.6 mL). The mixture was heated to 100 0C and stirred for 2 h. To the mixture was added 4-(trifluoromethoxy)aniline (0.76 mL, 5.6 mmol) and it was stirred at 100 °C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to RT, diluted with hexane, filtered, and the filtered solids were air dried to yield 2,2-dimethyl-5-((4-
(trifluoromethoxy)phenylamino)methylene)-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione as a light yellow solid.
MS [M+H]=332.0; Calc'd 331.2 for C4H12F3NO5.
Step 2: 6-(Trifluoromethoxy)quinolin-4(lH)-one
In a 50 mL round bottom flask with a reflux condenser attached was dissolved 2,2- dimethyl-5-((4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenylamino)methylene)-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (1.00 g, 3.02 mmol) in Ph2O (8.63 mL, 0.35 M). The mixture was heated to 250 0C in a heating mantle. At about 180 0C, the reaction turned from a light yellow and homogeneous to an orange, then to a dark brown color and began to bubble, slowly at first and then more violently. Internal temperature of reaction went up to 230 0C, although heating ceased at 180 0C. Heating at 250 0C while stirring was continued for five minutes, and the reaction was cooled to RT, diluted with hexane, and the precipitate was filtered to yield 6-(trifluoromethoxy)quinolin-4(lH)-one as a crude brown solid. MS [M+H] = 230.1; Calc'd 229.2 for C10H6F3NO2. Step 3: 4-Chloro-6-(trifluoromethoxy)quinoline In a 25 mL round bottom flask was dissolved 6-(trifluoromethoxy)quinolin-4(lH)-one (0.50 g, 2.18 mmol) in POC13 (3.05 mL). A reflux condenser was attached and the reaction mixture was stirred at 130 0C for 3 hours. The reaction turned dark brown and became homogeneous. The reaction was cooled to RT, poured slowly into ice bath while stirring. A thick gum resulted, which was basified with 6N NaOH to give a dark brown solution. The solution was extracted into ethyl acetate, washed 1 X water, 1 X NaCl, dried with Na2SO4, filtered through fritted funnel, concentrated down. The curde material was purified using an Isco silica gel chromatography system eluting with a solvent gradient of 0-100% CH2Cl2:MeOH(90: 10)/ CH2Cl2. The product fractions were concentrated down to yield 4-chloro-6-(trifluoromethoxy)quinoline as an orange oil. MS [M+H]=248.0; Calc'd 247.6 for C10H5ClF3NO.
Example 373
Figure imgf000125_0001
Synthesis of 7-Chloro-2-methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine
A solution of n-butyllithium (0.71 ml, 1.77 mmol) in THF (20.0 mL) was cooled to -78 0C and 7-chlorothieno[3,2-b]pyridine (200mg, 1.18 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture stirred at -78 °C for 1 h to afford a yellow suspension. A solution of iodomethane (0.22 ml, 3.54 mmol) in THF (1.0 mL) was added dropwise via syringe, and the mixture stirred at -78 0C for 3 h.; LCMS showed completion of the reaction. The reaction was quenched with water and warmed to RT. The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford a tan solid. This material was purified via column chromatography (RediSep 40 g column, gradient elution with 10-50% ethyl acetate-hexane) to afford 7-chloro-2- methylthieno[3,2-b]pyridine as white solid. MS [M+H]=184.1; Calc'd for C8H6ClNS: 183.7. Example 374
Figure imgf000126_0001
Synthesis of 4-Chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline
Figure imgf000126_0002
Formamidine acetate (12.5 g, 119.6 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 2-amino-5- methoxybenzoic acid (2.0 g, 119.6 mmol) in methoxy ethanol (40 mL) at RT. The reaction mixture was stirred at 14O0C (T oil bath) for ~17h. LC/MS showed completion of the reaction. The reaction cooled to RT and concentrated in vacuo. Aq. NaHCC>3 solution was added to the concentrate and the precipitated solids were filtered (rinsing with water) to afford 6-methoxyquinazolin-4(3H)-one as off-white solid. MS [M+H]=177.1; Calc'd
Figure imgf000126_0003
Step 2: 4-Chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline
A pressure resistant bottle was charged with 6-methoxyquinazolin-4(3H)-one (1.0 g, 5.68 mmol) and POC13 (17.5 ml, 187.3 irimόl). The resulting mixture was heated at 105 C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and poured onto ice slurry while stirring heavily. The solution was quickly neutralized with 6N NaOH, and product extracted with DCM. The organic layer was collected, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline as tan solid. MS: [M+H]=194.9; Calc'd for C9H7ClN2O: 194.6.
Example 375
Figure imgf000126_0004
Synthesis of 4-Chloroquinoline-6-carbonitrile.
A pyrex reaction tube was charged with Pd(PPh3)4 (200 mg, 173 μmol), 4-chloro-6- iodoquinoline (1.00 g, 3454 μmol), zinc cyanide (406 mg, 3454 μmol) and DMF. The tube was purged with argon, sealed, and the heterogeneous mixture was stirred at 50 0C for 17 h. The mixture was poured into water and the resulting solids were filtered, washed with water, and dried. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography, 0-5% MeOH/DCM to provide 4-chloroquinoline-6-carbonitrile as a white solid. MS: [M+H] = 189.
Example 376
Figure imgf000127_0001
Synthesis of δ-Chloro-23-dimethoxy-l^-naphthyridine Step 1: 2,3-Dimethoxy-5-nitropyridine
A round bottom flask was charged with methanol under nitrogen. Freshly cut sodium (91 mg, 3977 μmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at RT under nitrogen until the sodium had dissolved. 2-Chloro-3-methoxy-5-nitropyridine (500 mg, 2652 μmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred under nitrogen at RT. After -15 min the mixture became heterogeneous and thick, and GC/MS analysis of a sample taken at 0.5 h indicated complete conversion to the desired product. The mixture was diluted with DCM and water and the layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional DCM and the combined organics were dried, filtered and concentrated. The crude solid was passed through a silica plug using 5% MeOH/DCM. The filtrate was concentrated to provide 2,3-dimethoxy-5-nitropyridine as a light yellow solid. MS [M+H] = 185.
Step 2: 2.3-Dimethoxy-5-nitropyridine
A stainless steel bomb was charged with 2,3-dimethoxy-5-nitropyridine (430 mg, 2335 μmol), 10% Pd/C (124 mg, 1168 μmol) and 4.7 mL EtOAc. The vessel was sealed and was purged with hydrogen once, before filling with hydrogen at a pressure of 2 atm. The reaction mixture was heated at 50 0C for 3 h. Upon cooling, the mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite, rinsing with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated and passed through a silica plug using 5% MeOH/DCM. The filtrate was concentrated to provide 5,6-dimethoxypyridin-3-amine as a peach colored oil that crystallized upon standing. GC/MS confirmed the correct mass to be [M+H] = 155. Step 3 : (E)-5-((5.6-dimethoxypwidin-3-ylimino)methyl)-2.2-dimethyl-1.3-dioxane-4.6- dione
A round bottom flask was charged with 2-methoxyacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal (2076 μl, 2076 μmol) and 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (299 mg, 2076 μmol). The flask was fitted with a reflux condenser and the mixture was heated at 100 0C for 2 h under nitrogen. 5,6-Dimethoxypyridin-3-amine (320 mg, 2076 μmol) was added, and within a minute a solid had precipitated out of solution. The heterogeneous mixture was heated at 100 0C for 10 min. The mixture was cooled to RT and the solids were filtered and washed with hexanes. (E)-5-((5,6-dimethoxypyridin-3-ylimino)methyl)-2,2-dimethyl- l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione was isolated as a yellow/orange solid. MS [M+H] = 309. Step 4: 6,7-dimethoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4(lIT)-one
A round bottom flask was charged with (E)-5-((5,6-dimethoxypyridin-3-ylimino)methyl)- 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (450 mg, 1460 μmol) and 4.2 mL diphenyl ether. A reflux condenser was attached, and the solution was heated at 200 0C for 0.5 h. Upon cooling, hexane was added and the solids were filtered and washed with hexane. 6,7- dimethoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4(lH)-one was isolated as a tan solid. MS [M+H] = 207 Step 5: 8-chloro-2.3-dimethoxy-1.5-naphthyridine
A pyrex reaction tube was charged with 6,7-dimethoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4(lH)-one (1.80 g, 8729 μmol) phosphorus oxychloride (8137 μl, 87295 μmol). The tube was sealed and the mixture was heated at 110 0C for 2 h. Upon cooling the mixture was poured onto ice and brought to pH 10 with dropwise addition of 6N NaOH. The aqueous portion was extracted with EtOAc three times. The extracts were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The solids were triturated in hexane, filtered and dried to provide 8-chloro-2,3-dimethoxy-l,5-naphthyridine as a white solid. MS [M+H] = 225.
Example 377
Figure imgf000128_0001
Synthesis of 4-(l-(2-methoxyethyl)-lH-pyrrolo[3^-b]pyridin-7-ylthio)benzenamine
Step 1 : 1 -(2-methoxyethyl)-7-(4-nitrophenylthio)- 1 H-pyrrolor3,2-b1pyridine A sealed vial was charged with potassium hydroxide (0.124 g, 2.21 mmol) and DMSO (5 mL). 7-(4-nitrophenylthio)-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine (.150 g, 0.553 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 45 minutes. l-Bromo-2-methoxyethane (0.104 ml, 1.11 mmol) was added, the system was flushed with argon, and the reaction was stirred at RT for 2 hours. LC-MS indicated starting material remaining, so 1 eq. bromoether was added and the reaction stirred for two more hours. The reaction was diluted with water and extracted four times with DCM and twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The material was purified via column chromatography (gradient elution 0-5% MeOH:DCM) to afford l-(2- methoxyethyl)-7-(4-nitrophenylthio)-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine as an orange oil that solidified under high vacuum. MS: M+H+ = 330.1
Step 2: 4-(l-(2-methoxyethyl)-lH-pyrrolo[3.2-blpyridin-7-ylthio)benzenamine A sealed vial was charged with l-(2-methoxyethyl)-7-(4-nitrophenylthio)-lH-pyrrolo[3,2- bjpyridine (.147 g, 0.446 mmol) and methanol (5 mL). Tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.504 g, 2.23 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at 5O0C for 3 hours. The reaction was concentrated and dissolved in DCM. The solution was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, which was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The material was purified via column chromatography (gradient elution 0-10% DCM:MeOH) to afford 4-(l-(2-methoxyethyl)-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-7-ylthio)benzenamine as an orange oil that solidified under high vacuum. MS: M+H+ = 300.1.
Example 378
Figure imgf000129_0001
Synthesis of 2-(3,4-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolane
Step 1: 4-Bromo-1.2-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)benzene
Potassium hydroxide (4.45 g, 79.4 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (40 mL) and stirred for five minutes. 4-Bromobenzene-l,2-diol (3.00 g, 15.9 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 45 minutes. l-Bromo-2-methoxyethane (5.97 ml, 63.5 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred at RT for 18 hours. The reaction was diluted with water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The material was purified via column chromatography (gradient elution 0-50% EtOAcrHex) to afford 4-bromo-l,2-bis(2- methoxyethoxy)benzene as a clear oil. MS: M+H+ = 305.1.
Step 2: 2-(3.4-Bis(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylV4>4.5.5-tetramethyl-L3.2-dioxaborolane A sealed tube was charged with 4-bromo-l,2-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)benzene (1.00 g, 3.28 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.25 g, 4.92 mmol), potassium acetate (0.965 g, 9.83 mmol), and dioxane (10 mL). l,r-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium dichloride (0.240 g, 0.328 mmol) was added, the system was flushed with argon, and the tube was sealed. The reaction was stirred at 1000C overnight. The reaction was filtered through celite and washed with DCM until solvent passing through was clear. The filtrate was concentrated, dissolved in hexanes and passed through a membrane filter. The filtrate was concentrated to afford 2-(3,4-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl)-4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane as a brown oil. MS: M+H+ = 353.2.
Example 379
Figure imgf000130_0001
Synthesis of 2-(2-(2-Methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)-8-(4-nitrophenylthio)-l ,5-naphthyridine and l-(2-(2-Methoxyethoxy)ethyl)-8-(4-nitrophenylthio)-l,5-naphthyridin-2(lH)-one
8-(4-Nitrophenylthio)-l,5-naphthyridin-2(lH)-one (.099 g, 0.33 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.091 g, 0.66 mmol) were dissolved in ACN (5 mL) and stirred for 5 minutes. l-Bromo-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethane (0.18 ml, 1.3 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight at 6O0C. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered, concentrated, dissolved in ethyl acetate, and washed with sat. sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford a mixture of 2-(2- (2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)-8-(4-nitrophenylthio)-l,5-naphthyridine and l-(2-(2- methoxyethoxy)ethyl)-8-(4-nitrophenylthio)-l,5-naphthyridin-2(lH)-one as a dark brown oil. MS: M+H+ = 402.2.
Figure imgf000131_0001
Synthesis of 4-aminophenyl)(7-methoxyquinoIin-4-yl)methanone Step 1: 7-Methoxy-4-(phenylthio)quinoline
A resealable tube under N2 was charged with 4-chloro-7-methoxyquinoline (1.00 g, 5.16 mmol), thiophenol (0.528 ml, 5.16 mmol), cesium carbonate (2.52 g, 7.75 mmol) and DMSO (5 mL). The mixture was heated at 100 0C for 2hrs. The crude reaction mixture was directly purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-10% CH2Cl2:Me0H to afford 7-methoxy-4-(phenylthio)quinoline as a off-white solid. MS: M+H+ = 268.0. Step 2: 7-Methoxy-4-(phenylsulfmyl)quinoline
To 7-methoxy-4-(phenylthio)quinoline (1.38 g, 5.16 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) at -78 0C was added m-CPBA (77%) (1.25 g, 7.23 mmol) portionwise. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to RT (3 hrs). The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 then neutralized with NaHCCh (sat.). The aqueous phase was extracted three times with DCM then the organic layer was dried over Na2Sθ4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-10% CH2Cl2 :MeOH to. afford 7-methoxy-4-(phenylsulfinyl)quinoline as a off-white foam. MS: M+H+ = 284.0. Step 3: (7-Methoxyquinolin-4-yl')(4-nitrophenyl)methanol To a solution of 7-methoxy-4-(phenylsulfinyl)quinoline (0.232 g, 0.819 mmol) in THF (6 mL) at -78°C was added phenylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF) (0.819 ml, 1.64 mmol). After 5 min, the solution was warmed to RT for 15 minutes. The solution was then cooled to -78°C and 4-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.371 g, 2.46 mmol) was added in one portion. After 5 min, the solution was warmed to RT. After 1 hr at RT, the reaction was quenched with saturated NH4Cl. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and washed with water and brine. The organic fraction was dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The yellow residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 20-100% Hexanes:EtOAc to afford (7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanol as a white solid. MS: M+H+ = 31 1.2. Step 4: (7-Methoxyquinolin-4-vP(4-nitrophenyl)methanone A mixture of (7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanol (220 mg, 0.709 ramol) and manganese dioxide (247 mg, 2.84 mmol) in CHCI3 (20 mL) was heated to 50 0C. After 3 hrs, the mixture was cooled to RT and filtered over a silica plug to afford (7- methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanone as a yellow solid that was advanced without further purification. MS: M+H+ = 309.1.
Step 5: (4-aminophenyl)(7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methanone
A mixture of (7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanone (55 mg, 0.18 mmol) and palladium on carbon, 10% (57 mg, 0.54 mmol) in EtOAc (5 mL) and MeOH (0.5 mL) at RT was exposed to an atmosphere of Hydrogen (balloon). After 2 hrs, crude LCMS showed complete conversion to (4-aminophenyl)(7-methoxyquinolin-4- yl)methanone with a trace amount of corresponding alcohol. The material was filtered through a plug of celite, concentrated in vacuo, and advanced without further purification. MS: M+H+ = 279.1.
Figure imgf000132_0001
Synthesis of (4-aminophenyl)(7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methanol - -
A mixture of (7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanone (96 mg, 0.31 mmol) and palladium on carbon, 10% (99 mg, 0.93 mmol) in EtOAc (6 mL) and MeOH (2 mL) at RT was exposed to an atmosphere of hydrogen (balloon). Crude LCMS after 8 hrs showed complete conversion to (4-aminophenyl)(7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methanol with trace amounts of the corresponding keto-aniline. The material was filtered through a plug of celite and concentrated in vacuo to afford crude (4-aminophenyl)(7-methoxyquinolin- 4-yl)methanol as a white foam that was advanced without further purification. MS: M+H+ = 281.1. Example 382
Figure imgf000133_0001
Synthesis of 4-(l-(7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)ethyl)benzenamine Step 1: 7-Methoxy-4-(l-(4-nitrophenyl)vinyl)quinoline
To a mixture of methyltriphenylphosphonium chloride (0.54 g, 1.7 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at -78 0C was added w-butyllithium, 2.5 M in hexanes (0.80 ml, 2.0 mmol). After 20 min, a mixture of (7-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)(4-nitrophenyl)methanone (0.177 g, 0.57 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was slowly added. After 10 min, the mixture was allowed to warm to RT. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water and brine. After drying the organic fraction with Na2SO^ the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography using 40-100% hexanes:EtOAc to afford 7-methoxy-4-(l-(4- nitrophenyl)vinyl)quinoline as a yellow foam. MS: M+H+ = 307.1. Step 2: 4-(l-(7-Methoxyquinolin-4-yl)ethyl)benzenamine
A mixture of 7-methoxy-4-(l-(4-nitrophenyl)vinyl)quinoline (0.146 g, 0.477 mmol) and Palladium on carbon, 10%.(0.152 g, 1.43 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) and MeOH (1 mL) at RT was exposed to an atmosphere of Hydrogen (balloon). After 3 hrs, the mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4-(l-(7-methoxyquinolin-4- yl)ethyl)benzenamine as a white foam. MH+ = 279.1.
Example 383
Figure imgf000133_0002
Synthesis of 5,6,7,8-Tetrahydroimidazo[l,2-a]pyrazine Step 1 : Imidazoπ.2-alpyrazine
A round bottom set up with reflux condenser was charged with pyrazin-2 -amine (lOOOmg, 10.52 mmol), 2-chloroacetaldehyde (-50% wt) (2.03 ml, 31.55 mmol), and EtOH (23mL) and heated under reflux overnight. Next day LC/MS showed completion. The mixture was concentrated and passed through a plug of silica (solvent used: l%MeOH/DCM) to afford imidazo[l,2-a]pyrazine as off-white solid. MS [M+H]=120.1; CaIcM fOr C6H5N3: 119.1
Step 2: 5.6,7,8-Tetrahvdroimidazori,2-a1pyrazine lmidazo[l,2-a]pyrazine (250mg, 2.1 mmol) and palladium on carbon (10%) (55.8 mg, 0.53 mmol) were placed in a pressure resistant bottle and suspended under nitrogen in 0.5M HCl/EtOH. The mixture was stirred under at 45 psi H2 for 16 hrs. LC/MS showed completion. The next day, the reaction mixture was passed through celite cake. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a tan solid. This was used directly without further purification. MS: [M+H]=124.2; Calc'd for C6H9N3: 123.2.
Example 384
Figure imgf000134_0001
Synthesis of (7R)-7-Fluoro-octahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine
Step 1: (2S.4R)- and (2R, 4K) 4-Fluoropyrrolidine-2-methyl ester A round bottom flask was charged with (2S,4R)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (300 mg, 2254 μmol) and 22 mL MeOH. The heterogeneous mixture was cooled to 0 0C under nitrogen, and thionyl chloride (181 μl, 2479 μmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm slowly to RT, and stirring was continued overnight at 65 0C. The mixture was concentrated under high vacuum to provide methyl 4- fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate hydrochloride as a mixture of the (2S,4R) and (2R, 4R) diastereomers, confirmed by 1H and 13C NMR.
Step 2: (2S. 4RV and (2R. 4RVMethyl l-(2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl')methoxy>>carbonvnacetylV 4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate A pyrex reaction tube was charged with (2S, 4R), (2R, 4R)-methyl 4-fluoropyrrolidine-2- carboxylate hydrochloride (350 mg, 1906 μmol), lH-benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-ol (309 mg, 2287 μmol), 2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)acetic acid (567 mg, 1906 μmol), N- ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (996 μl, 5719 μmol) and 7.6 mL DMF. The mixture was stirred for 5 min at RT, and benzotriazole-l-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)- phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (1012 mg, 2287 μmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic portion was dried with MgSO4, filtered, concentrated, and then was concentrated twice from toluene to remove DMF. The crude oil was purified by silica gel chromatography DCM to 5% MeOH/DCM to provide (2S, 4R), (2R, 4R)-methyl l-(2- (((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)acetyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate as a waxy solid. MS: [M+H] = 427.
Step 3: (7R)-7-Fluoro-hexahvdropyrrolori.2-a1pyrazine-1.4-dione A scintillation vial was charged with (2S, 4R), (2R, 4R)-methyl 1 -(2-(((9H-fluoren-9- yl)methoxy)carbonyl)acetyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (815 mg, 1911 μmol), 19 mL MeOH and piperidine (946 μl, 9556 μmol). The mixture was stirred at RT overnight The mixture was concentrated, dissolved in DCM/MeOH and purified by silica gel chromatography, 50-100% 90/10/1 DCMZMeOHZNH4OH in DCM. (7R)-7-fluoro- hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-l,4-dione was isolated as a white solid, and confirmed by 1H-NMR.
Step 4: (7R)-7-Fluoro-octahvdropyrro~lorh2-a]pyrazine
A pressure bottle was charged with (7R)-7-fluoro-hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-l,4- dione (200 mg, 1162 μmol) and 4.6 mL THF, and the bottle was purged with nitrogen and cooled to 0 °C. Lithium aluminum hydride (2323 μl, 2323 μmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to RT, and was then heated at reflux for 4 h. The reaction was cooled to 0 0C and 1 mL water was added carefully, followed by 1 mL 6N NaOH. The mixture was stirred for 15 min, and was filtered through a pad of Celite, washing with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated and a sample was analyzed by H-NMR and GCZMS: [M+H] = 145.
Example 385
Figure imgf000135_0001
Synthesis of 7,7-Difluoro-octahydropyrrolo[l^-a]pyrazine
Step 1: fR)-l-Tert-butyl 2-methyl 4.4-difluoropyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylate A pyrex reaction tube was charged with (R)-l-tert-butyl 2-methyl 4-oxopyrrolidine-l,2- dicarboxylate (750 mg, 3083 μmol) and 12.3 mL DCM, and the solution was cooled to 0 0C under nitrogen. DAST (1018 μl, 7708 μmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was allowed to warm to RT. The reaction was quenched after 3 h by careful addition of saturated NaHCO3. After 5 min, the layers were separated, the aqueous was extracted with DCM, and the combined organics were dried, filtered and concentrated. The crude oil was purified by silica gel chromatography, 10-50% EtOAcZhex, to provide (R)-I -tert- butyl 2-methyl 4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-l,2-dicarboxylate as a yellow oil. Mass was confirmed by GCZMS: [M+H] = 266. Step 2: Crude (S)-methyl-4.4-difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate TFA salt A round-bottom flask was charged with (R)-l-tert-butyl 2-methyl 4,4-difluoropyrrolidine- 1,2-dicarboxylate (675 mg, 2545 μmol), 10.2 mL DCM and trifluoroacetic acid (980 μl, 12724 μmol). The mixture was stirred at RT. After 6 h, TLC (50% hex/EtOAc, KMnO4 stain) indicated complete conversion. The mixture was concentrated, and the crude (S)- methyl-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate TFA salt was use as is. Step 3: (RVMethyl 1 -Q-(Tf 9H-fluoren-9-yl')methoxy')carbonyl')acetyl')-4.4- difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate A round bottom flask was charged with Fmoc-glycine (756 mg, 2543 μmol), IH- benzo[d][l,2,3]triazol-l-ol (412 mg, 3052 μmol), (S)-methyl-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2- carboxylate TFA salt (710 mg, 2543 μmol), Hunig'sBase (2221 μl, 12717 μmol) and 10.2 mL DMF. The mixture was stirred for 5 min at RT, and benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris- (dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (1350 mg, 3052 μmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at RT. The solution was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic layer was dried, filtered, and concentrated. The crude oil was purified by silica gel chromatography, 0-5% MeOH/DCM to provide (R)- methyl l-(2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)acetyl)-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2- carboxylate. MS: [M+H] = 445. Step 4: (S)-7.7-Difluoro-hexahvdropyrroloπ,2-alpyrazine-1.4-dione A round bottom flask was charged with (R)-methyl 1 -(2-(((9H-fluoren-9- yl)methoxy)carbonyl)acetyl)-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (1.10 g, 2475 μmol) and 25 mL MeOH. Piperidine (1225 μl, 12375 μmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The mixture was concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography, DCM in 90/10 DCM/MeOH to provide (S)-7,7-difluoro- hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-l,4-dione as a white solid. GC/MS: [M+H] = 191. Step 5: 7,7-Difluoro-octahvdropyrrolori.2-a1pyrazme
A pressure bottle was charged with (S)-7,7-difluoro-hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine- 1,4-dione (350 mg, 1841 μmol) and THF under nitrogen, and the solution was cooled to 0 0C under nitrogen. Lithium aluminum hydride (3681 μl, 3681 μmol) was added, the mixture was allowed to warm to RT, followed by heating at reflux for 3 h. 2 mL of water was carefully added, followed by 2 mL of 6N NaOH. After stirring for 10 min, the mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated. GC/MS: [M+H] = 163. Example 386
Figure imgf000137_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-Phenylnaphthalen-l-ylamino)phenol
Step 1: 4-phenylnaphthalen-l -amine A pressure bottle was charged with 4-bromonaphthalen-l -amine (500 mg, 2251 μmol), phenylboronic acid (357 mg, 2927 μmol), PdCl2(dppf)-CH2Cl2 adduct (91.9 mg, 113 μmol), 2.0 M sodium carbonate (2251 μl, 4503 μmol) and 9.0 mL of dioxane. The bottle was sealed and the mixture was heated at 85 0C for 2 h. LCMS showed desired product as the major component. The mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic portion was dried, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography, DCM to 2% MeOH/DCM to provide 4-phenylnaphthalen-l- amine. MS: [M+H] = 220.
Step 2: N-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-phenylnaphthalen-l -amine A pyrex reaction tube was charged with sodium tert-butoxide (239 mg, 2490 μmol), Pd2(dba)3 (81.4 mg, 88.9 μmol), S-Phos (146 mg, 356 μmol), l-bromo-4- methoxybenzene (333 mg, 1779 μmol), 4-phenylnaphthalen-l -amine (390 mg, 1779 μmol) and dioxane. The tube was sealed and the mixture was stirred at 100 0C for 2 h. LCMS showed complete conversion to product. The mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic portion was dried, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was passed through a plug of silica gel using 50% EtO Ac/hex and the filtrate was concentrated to provide the desired product. MS: [M+H] = 326. Step 3: 4-(4-phenylnaphthalen-l-ylamino)phenol
A round bottom flask was charged with N-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-phenylnaphthalen-l- amine (600 mg, 1844 μmol) and 6 mL 1 :1 HBr (100 μl, 1844 μmol) and HOAc (106 μl, 1844 μmol). The flask was fitted with a reflux condenser and the mixture was heated at 140 0C. After 1 h, LCMS showed ~50% conversion to desired product. Heating was continued for another 5 h. Upon cooling, the mixture was brought to neutral pH by addition of 6 N NaOH and extracted with DCM. The organic portion was dried, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography, 0-50% EtOAc/hex to provide 4-(4-phenylnaphthalen-l-ylamino)phenol. MS: [M+H] = 312. Example 387
Figure imgf000138_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-(7-(difluoromethoxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4- phenylphthalazin-1-amine Step 1 : 8-(4-(4-phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)-1.5-naphthyridin-3-ol
A reaction vial was charged with N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4- phenylphthalazin-1 -amine (40 mg, 82 μmol), HBr (891 μl, 16408 μmol), and acetic acid (939 μl, 16408 μmol). The vial was sealed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 85 0C for 2 hrs. Upon cooling, LC/MS analysis showed a mass ion peak corresponding to N-(4- (7-methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin- 1 -amine (40 mg, 82 μmol). The reaction mixture was poured into an ice-cooled aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate. Extraction of the product was attempted with DCM. However, the product seemed insoluble in DCM and was present in both the aqueous and organic layers, so all liquid was removed in vacuo. The resulting white solid was taken up in water and filtered. The filtrate was washed several times with water, and the resulting yellow solid was analyzed by LCMS. LCMS analysis showed clean 8-(4-(4-phenylphthalazin-l- ylamino)phenylthio)-l,5-naphthyridin-3-ol. The crude material was carried forward. Step 2: N-(4-(7-fDifluoromethoxyyi,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenviy4- phenylphthalazin- 1 -amine DMF (338 μl, 84 μmol) and water (68 μl, 84 μmol) were added to a mixture of cesium carbonate (39 mg, 118 μmol), sodium chlorodifluoroacetate (30 mg, 194 μmol), and 8-(4- (4-phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)-l,5-naphthyridin-3-ol (40 mg, 84 μmol) in a resealable tube. The tube was sealed and heated to 100 0C for about 1.5 hrs, and then reaction progress was checked by LCMS. Conversion to N-(4-(7-(difluoromethoxy)-l,5- naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine was low, so the reaction mixture was heated to 100 0C for an additional 20 hours and again checked by LCMS. LCMS analysis showed mass peak corresponding to N-(4-(7-(difluoromethoxy)-l,5- naphthyridin-4-y]thio)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine as the major peak. The reaction mixture was diluted with water. A light tan precipitate formed and was filtered through a 0.45 uM membrane filter. The precipitate was taken up in minimal DMSO and methanol and purified by preparative HPLC{Gilson; 15-85% (0.1% TFA in CH3CN) in H2O over 20 min} . Clean fractions were combined and neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 then extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuo to afford pure N-(4-(7-(difluoromethoxy)-l,5- naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine as a white solid.
Example 388
Figure imgf000139_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-(4-Chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)quinolin-6-ol A flask was charged with 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(6-methoxyquinolin-4- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (0.325 g, 0.624 mmol), AcOH (5.71 ml, 99.8 mmol) and HBr (5.42 ml, 99.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 85 0C for 2 h, then cooled to RT and quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 to precipitate a solid. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried to give 4-(4-(4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthaIazin-l- ylamino)phenylthio)quinolin-6-ol as a light yellow solid. MS: m/z = [M+H]+. 508.0 Calc'd for C29Hi9ClN4OS: 507.0.
Example 389
Figure imgf000139_0002
Synthesis of 4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(6-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)quinolin-4- ylthio) phenyl) phthalazin-l-amine
To a mixture of 4-(4-(4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)quinolin-6-ol (0.054 g, 0.1 1 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.059 g, 0.43 mmol) in DMF was added l-bromo-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethane (0.057 ml, 0.43 mmol), the resulting mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 1 h. The crude product was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (RediSep 40 g column, gradient elution with 0-60% (EtOAc-DCM) to afford 4- (4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(6-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)quinolin-4- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine as a light yellow solid. MS: m/z = [M+H]+. 610.0 Calc'd for C34H29ClN4O3S: 609.1.
Example 390
Figure imgf000140_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-N-(4-;(6-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy)quinolin-4-ylthio) phenyl) phthalazin-1-amine To a solution of 4-(4-(4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin- 1 -ylamino)phenylthio)quinolin-6-ol (0.062 g, 0.12 mmol) in THF at 0 9C, was added NaH (0.018 g, 0.73 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 30 minutes. l-Chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethane (0.035 g, 0.24 mmol) and trace amount of NaI were added. The mixture was stirred and warmed to RT for 15 h. The reaction was quenched with sat. NH4Cl, and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (RediSep 40 g column, gradient elution with 0-50% (90:10:1 DCM/MeOH/NHtOH-DCM) to afford 4- (4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(6-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy)quinolin-4- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine as a light yellow solid. MS: m/z - [M+H]+. 614.0 Calc'd for C32H25ClN4O3S2: 613.1.
Example 391
Figure imgf000140_0002
Synthesis of 4-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yI)-N-(4-(furo[3,2-b]pyridin-7- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine A resealable tube was charged with l-chloro-4-(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)phthalazine (0.095 g, 0.34 mmol), 4-(2-(trimethylsilyl)furo[3^-b]pyridin-7-ylthio)benzenamine (.090 g, 0.29 mmol) and 2-butanol (3.0 mL). The system was flushed with argon, and the tube was sealed. The mixture stirred at 100 0C for 2 h. LC-MS showed starting aniline and hydrolyzed phthalazine, so 90 mg of chlorophthalazine was added and the reaction was stirred for 1 h at 1000C. The reaction was concentrated, re-dissolved in THF, and TBAF (1.0 M in THF) (0.29 ml, 0.29 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 6O0C overnight. The reaction was concentrated and purified via Gilson HPLC (gradient elution 10-90% MeCNrH2O). The clean fractions were partitioned between DCM and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM and the combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford 4-(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-(4-(furo[3,2-b]pyridin-7- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine as a yellow solid. MS: M+H+ = 482.1.
Example 392
Figure imgf000141_0001
Synthesis of 7-Methoxy-4-(4-(4-phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)quinoline-6- carbonitrile
7-Methoxy-4-(4-(4-phenylphthalazin- 1 -ylamino)phenoxy)quinoline-6-carboxamide (125 mg, 243 μmol) and thionyl chloride (10 ml, 24341 μmol) were combined and heated to 80 0C for 3 hours. Thionyl chloride was then removed under vacuum. The mixture was then made basic with sat. sodium bicarbonate and extracted with DCM. The organic extracts were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography using a 0 to 70 % gradient of 90/10/1 (DCM/methanol/ammonium hydroxide) in DCM. MS: M+H+ = 496. Example 393
Figure imgf000142_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-(6-Methoxy-7-(2-methoxyethoxy)quinolin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4- phenylphthalazin-1-amine
6-Methoxy-4-(4-(4-phenylphthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)quinolin-7-ol (45 mg, 92 μmol) and cesium carbonate (33 mg, 102 μmol) were combined in DMF (2 Ml) and stirred for 5 min. l-Bromo-2-methoxyethane (9.6 μl, 204 μmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 12 hours. DMF was then removed under vacuum overnight. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography using 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford the titled product. MS: M+H+ = 545.
Example 394
Figure imgf000142_0002
Synthesis of 4-(4-Chloro-3-(2-(methylsulfonyI)ethoxy)phenyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine
Step 1 : (2-(5-Bromo-2-chlorophenoxy)ethvπ(methyl')sulfane
5-Bromo-2-chlorophenol (500 mg, 2410 μmol) and (2-chloroethyl)(methyl)sulfane (262 μl, 2651 μmol) were combined with cesium carbonate (942 mg, 2892 μmol) in DMF and heated to 100 0C for 2 h. The mixture was then filtered and purified using reverse phase chromatography. This purified material was carried forward to the next step.
Step 2: 2-(4-Chloro-3-(2-(methylthio)ethoxy")phenylV4.4.5.5-tetramethyl-l .3.2- dioxaborolane
4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (79 mg, 313 μmol), (2-(5-bromo-2-chlorophenoxy)ethyl)(methyl)sulfane (80 mg, 284 μmol), potassium acetate (84 mg, 852 μmol) and Pd(DPPF) were combined in dioxane and stirred for 4 hours at 100 0C. The mixture was then filtered, concentrated, and purified on silica using 0 to 40% ethyl acetate in hexane. MS: M+Na+ = 351 Step 3 : 4-(4-Chloro-3-(2-(methylsulfonv0emoxy)phenyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy- 1.5- naphthyridin^-yloxy'tøhenvDphthalazin- 1 -amine
4-(4-Chloro-3-(2-(methylthio)ethoxy)phenyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (150 mg, 252 μmol) and oxone (464 mg, 755 μmol) were combined in 3: 1 MeOH/water (20 ml) and stirred for 3 h. The mixture was then concentrated to remove methanol, then extracted with DCM, dried with sat. sodium bicarb., and concentrated. The crude material was then purified by chromatography using 0 to 100% 90/10/1 in DCM, followed by reverse phase chromatography to provide the titled compound. MS: M+H+ = 628.
Example 395
Figure imgf000143_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-(7-Methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(3-(2- methoxyethoxy)-4-methylphenyl)phthalazin-l-amine
5-(4-(4-(7-Methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenylamino)phthalazin- 1 -yl)-2- methylphenol (120 mg, 239 μmol) and cesium carbonate (234 mg, 718 μmol) were combined in DMF and stirred for 5 min. l-Bromo-2-methoxyethane (66.5 mg, 479 μmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 h. The mixture was then filtered and purified using reverse phase chromatography to provide the titled product. MS: M+H+ = 560.
Example 396
Figure imgf000143_0002
Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-(7-Methoxy-l ,5-naphthy ridin-4-ylthio)pheny lamino)phthalazin- l-yI)-l-methylpyridin-2(lH)-one
Step 1: l-Methyl-4-(1τimethylstannyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one
4-Iodo-l-methylpyridin-2(lH)-one (110 mg, 468 μmol), 1,1,1,2,2,2- hexamethyldistannane (126 μl, 608 μmol), and the Pd catalyst were added to toluene and heated to 100 0C for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography using 0 to 30 % MeOH in ethyl acetate.
Step 2: 4-(4-(4-(7-Methoxy-1.5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenylamino')phthalazin-l-yl)-l- methylpyridin-2( 1 HP-one 4-Chloro-N-(4-(7-methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin- 1 -amine (148 mg, 331 μmol),l-methyl-4-(trimethylstannyl)pyridin-2(lH)-one (90 mg, 331 μmol) , and the Pd catalyst were added to toluene and heated to 100 0C for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography using 0 to 30 % MeOH in ethyl acetate. MS: M+H + = 519. Example 397
Figure imgf000144_0001
Synthesis of 5-Methoxy-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)pyridazin-3-amine
A pyrex reaction tube was charged with potassium phosphate (88 mg, 415 μmol), Pd2dba3 (16 mg, 17 mmol), Xantphos (22 mg, 38 mmol), 4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)benzenamine (92 mg, 346 μmol), 3-chloro-5-methoxypyridazine (50 mg, 346 μmol), and toluene (1 mL). The tube was purged with argon, sealed, and the mixture was heated at 1000C for 4 h. LCMS showed complete conversion to desired product. The mixture was then concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography using 0 to 60 % (90/10/1 DCM/MeOH/ammonium hydroxide) in DCM. MS: M+H+ = 376. Example 398
Figure imgf000145_0001
Synthesis of 4-(3-FIuoro-4-methylphenyl)-N-(4-(furo[3£-b]pyridin-7- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine
A microwave vial was charged with 3-fluoro-4-methylphenylboronic acid (0.058 g, 0.38 mmol), 4-chloro-N-(4-(2-(trimethylsilyl)furo[3,2-b]pyridin-7-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l- amine (.090 g, 0.19 mmol), and sodium carbonate (2.0 M in H2O) (0.38 ml, 0.75 mmol) and dissolved in toluene (1.5 mL) and water (.2 mL). Pd(Ph3P)4 (0.011 g, 0.0094 mmol) was added and the reaction was microwaved at 200 0C for 30 minutes. The reaction was partitioned between water and DCM. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The material was redissolved in 2 mL THF and TBAF (0.23 ml, 0.23 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was concentrated and purified via Gilson HPLC (10-90% ACN:H2O). The clean fractions were partitioned between saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and DCM and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford 4-(3-fluoro-4-methylphenyl)-N-(4- (furo[3,2-b]pyridin-7-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine as a light yellow solid. MS: M+H+ = 479.1
Example 399
Figure imgf000145_0002
Synthesis of N-(4-(6-Aminoquinolin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l-amine To a solution of N-(4-(6-nitroquinolin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine (228 mg, 455 μmol) in 1 mL of DMF, was added tin (EI) chloride (431 mg, 2273 μmol) and 115 uL of water. After 15 minutes of sonication, the reaction was stirred at rt. After 2 days, water was removed under vacuum azeotropically with benzene. DCM was added to the suspension. Yellow solids precipitated out of the solution and were filtered off with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by RPLC on an acidic Gilson column system. Fractions containing the product were washed with sat. NaHCO3. The product was extracted with DCM. The organic was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified further by performing a column chromatography using 60:40 DCM:(90:10:l DCM:MeOH:NH4OH). Yellow solid, N-(4- (6-aminoquinolin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-phenylphthalazin-l -amine was obtained.
Example 400
Figure imgf000146_0001
Synthesis of 8-(4-((4-(4-Chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l-yl)(methyl)atnino)phenoxy)-l,5- naphthyridin-2(lH)-one Step 1: 8-(4-(4-(4-Chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)-1.5-naphthyridin- 2(lH)-one
In a 48 mL sealed pressure vessel, was added 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(6-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (0.280 g, 0.553 mmol), HBr (6.01 mL, 11.1 mmol), and acetic acid (6.34 mL, 11.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 85 0C for 1 hour. The reaction was monitored and found complete by LC/MS. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, carefully basified with 6 N NaOH. Light yellow solids crashed out, which were filtered, rinsed with water and dried in vacuum oven to yield 8-(4-(4-(4- chlorophenyl)phthalazin- 1 -ylamino)phenoxy)-l ,5-naphthyridin-2( 1 H)-one. The product was used without further purification. MS:[M+H]=492.1; Calc'd 491.9 for C28H18ClN5O2 Step 2: 8-(4-((4-(4-ChlorophenvPphthalazin-l -yl)(methyl)amino)phenoxyVl .5- naphthyridin-2(lH)-one
In a 20 mL sealed tube, was dissolved 8-(4-(4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l- ylamino)phenoxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-2(lH)-one (0.25 g, 0.508 mmol) in THF (2.2 mL), and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C. Sodium Hydride, 60% in mineral oil (0.045 g, 1.12 mmol), was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 1 hour. Iodomethane (0.070 mL, 1.12 mmol), was added and the mixture was warmed to 60 0C, and stirred for 3 hours. A mixture of products was revealed by LC/MS. The mixture was cooled to RT, quenched with water, extracted into ethyl acetate, washed 1 X water, 1 X NaCl, dried with Na2SO4, filtered through fritted funnel, and filtrate was concentrated. The crude concentrate was purified by reverse phase chromatography. The product containing fractions were extracted into DCM, washed 1 x sodium carbonate, 1 x H2O, dried with
Na2SCM, filtered through fritted funnel, and the filtrate was concentrated down to a light yellow solid containing two methylated products. The solids were suspended in methanol, filtered, rinsed with methanol, and air dried to yield 8-(4-((4-(4- chlorophenyl)phthalazin- 1 -yl)(methyl)amino)phenoxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-2( 1 H)-one. MS: [M+H]=506.0; Calc'd 505.9 for C29H20ClN5O2.
Example 401
Figure imgf000147_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-(7-Methoxy-l,5-naphthyridiii-4-ylthio)phenyI)-4-(l^-3,6- tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)phthalazin-l-amine
Step 1: Tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-(7-methoxy-1.5-naphthwidm-4-ylthio)phenylamino)phthalazin-
1 -yl)-5,6-dihvdropyridine- 1 (2HVcarboxylate
In a 20 mL sealed tube, was added 1,4-dioxane (1.08 mL), purged the solvent with nitrogen for 5 minutes, and sealed the tube. To the tube was added 4-chloro-N-(4-(7- methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine (0.150 g, 0.336 mmol), tert-butyl 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)- carboxylate (0.125 g, 0.404 mmol) and sodium carbonate (2.0 M aqueous) (0.336 mL, 0.673 mmol). The mixture was purged with nitrogen, sealed, and then to it was added PdCl2(dppf) (0.012 g, 0.017 mmol). The mixture was again purged with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 100 0C, while stirring for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to RT and concentrated. The crude material was purified by Isco silica gel chromatography using 0- 100% CH2Cl2:MeOH(90: 10)/CH2C12. The product containing fractions were concentrated to yield tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- ylthio)phenylamino)phthalazin-l-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate as light yellow solid. MS: [M+H]=593.0; Calc'd 592.7 for C33H32N6O3S.
Step 2: N-(4-(7-Methoxy-1.5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio')phenviy4-π ,2,3,6-tetrahvdropyridin- 4-yl")phthalazin- 1 -amine In a 20 mL sealed tube was dissolved tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- y lthio)phenylamino)phthalazin- 1 -yl)-5 ,6-dihydropyridine- 1 (2H)-carboxylate (0.20O g, 0.337 mmol) in DCM (1.00 mL). To the mixture was added TFA (0.130 mL, 1.69 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50 0C for 3 hours, then cooled to RT and concentrated. The crude material was purified on an Isco silica gel chromatography using 0-100% CH2Cl2MeOHiNH4OH (90: 10:1 )/CH2Cl2. The product fractions were concentrated to yield N-(4-(7-methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-( 1 ,2,3 ,6-tetrahydropyridin-4- yl)phthalazin-l -amine as a light yellow solid. MS: [M+H]=493.0; Calc'd 492.6 for C28H24N6OS.
Example 402
Figure imgf000148_0001
Synthesis of 4-Methoxy-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine
In a 100 ml RBF was added 4-chloro-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (158 mg, 0.354 mmol) to a solution of sodium methoxide (96 mg, 1.772 mmol) in MeOH. The mixture was heated to reflux with a water condenser attached. The solution was stirred for 16 hours. A white solid precipitated. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C, quenched with excess methoxide, followed by saturated NH4Cl, and the resulting solids were filtered and washed with water. The crude solids were purified by Gilson Reverse Phase HPLC eluting with a 15-70% gradient of ACN in water with 0.1% TFA. The product fractions were combined, neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate, extracted with 15 ml of methylene chloride (3X), dried organics over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated filtrate in vacuo to afford 4-methoxy-N- (4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4 ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine as an off-white solid. MS: [M+H] = 442. Example 403
Figure imgf000149_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-(7-Methoxy-l ,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-(2-(piperidin-2- yl)ethoxy)phthalazin-l-amine
Sodium Hydride (11 mg, 449 μmol), 2-(piperidin-2-yl)ethanol (58 mg, 449 μmol), and benzene (2243 μl, 449 μmol) were combined in a resealable tube capped with a septum and heated to 40 °C for 30 minutes. 4-Chloro-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (200 mg, 449 μmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 80 °C for 18 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude material was partitioned between methylene chloride and water. The organic layers were combined and over Na2SC>4 and concentrated. The crude material was purified via ISCO, 12g RediSep column eluting with a 20-100% gradient of 90:10:1 (DCM:MeOH:NH4θH) in DCM. The product fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford N-(4-(7-methoxy-l ,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-(2-(piperidin-2- yl)ethoxy)phthalazin-l -amine. MS: [M+H] = 539.
Example 404
Figure imgf000149_0002
Synthesis of 4-(4-(7-Methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenylamino)phthalazine-l- carbonitrile
In a 15 ml sealed pressure tube, was dissolved 4-chloro-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5- naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (150 mg, 490 μmol) in 0.8 ml of DMSO. Sodium cyanide (72 mg, 1469 μmol) was added and the reaction was capped and stirred at 130 0C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to RT and purified via Gilson
Reverse Phase HPLC eluting with a 12-75% gradient of ACN in water with 0.1% TFA. The product fractions were basified with saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted into DCM. The DCM layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4-(4-(7-methoxy- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenylamino)phthalazine- 1 - carbonitrile. MS: [M+H] = 437.
Example 405
Figure imgf000150_0001
Synthesis of 8-(4-(4-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)-l,5- naphthyridin-2(lH)-one A small reaction vial was charged with 4-(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-(4-(6-methoxy- 1 ,5- naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (50mg, 0.096 mmol), HBr (1.04 mL, 19.12 mmol), and acetic acid (1.1 mL, 19.12 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 85 0C for 2 hrs. LC/MS showedcompletion of the reaction. The reaction mixture was poured onto an aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution ice bath and the product was extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 8-(4- (4-(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)-l,5-naphthyridin-2(lH)-one as yellow solid. MS: [M+H]=509.1; Calc'd for C27H17ClN6OS: 509.
Example 406
Figure imgf000150_0002
Synthesis of 8-(4-(4-(4-Chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)-3-methoxy- l,5-naphthyridin-2(lH)-one
4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(6,7-dimethoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l- amine (40 mg, 72 μmol) was added to a pyrex reaction tube along with 2 mL of 1 : 1 HBnAcOH. The tube was sealed and the mixture was heated at 85 0C for 1.5 h. Upon cooling the mixture was diluted with water and brought to basic pH by dropwise addition of 6N NaOH. The solids were filtered, washed with water, and dried. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography, 10-50% 90/10/1 DCMZMeOHZNH4OH in DCM to provide 8-(4-(4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)-3-methoxy- l,5-naphthyridin-2(lH)-one as a light yellow solid. MS: [M+H] = 539.
Example 407
Figure imgf000151_0001
Synthesis of (5-(4-(4-(7-Methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenylamino)phthalazin- l-yl)thiophen-3-yl)methanol A scintillation vial was charged with (5-(4-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)pheriylamino)phthalazin-l-yl)thiophen-3-yl)methyl acetate (137 mg, 249 μmol), 1.0 mL 3:1:1 THF :MeOH: water and lithium hydroxide (47.8 mg, 1994 μmol). The homogeneous mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. Water was added to the mixture, and the precipitated solids were filtered, washed with water, and dried. The crude solids were purified by reverse phase chromatography, Gilson, 10-90% 0.1% TFA/ACN in water to provide (5-(4-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenylamino)phthalazin-l- yl)thiophen-3-yl)methanol. MS: [M+H] = 508.
Example 408
Figure imgf000151_0002
Synthesis of 4-(4-(FluoromethyI)thiophen-2-yl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine
A round bottom flask was charged with (5-(4-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenylamino)phthalazin-l-yl)thiophen-3-yl)methanol (71 mg, 140 μmol) and 2.8 mL DCM, and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C under nitrogen. (Diethylamino) trifluorosulfur (55 μl, 420 μmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 20 min and was then allowed to warm to RT. After another 0.5 h, saturated NaHCC>3 was added and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. The solids were filtered, and the crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography, 90/10/1 DCM/MeOH/NtLiOH in DCM, followed by reverse phase chromatography, Gilson, 10-90% 0.1% TFA/ACN in water, to provide the titled compound. MS: [M+H] = 510.
Figure imgf000152_0001
Synthesis of 8-(4-(4-(4-Chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenoxy)-l,5- naphthyridin-3-ol
Step 1: 8-Chloro-1.5-naphthyridin-3-ol
A pressure-resistant vial was charged with 8-chloro-3-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridine (1200mg, 6166 μmol), boron tribromide (6412 μl, 67825 μmol) and dichloroethane (10277 μl, 6166 μmol). The vessel was sealed and the mixture was stirred at 600C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was carefully diluted with DCM, and the solids were filtered. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography with 40-70% (90:10:1 DCMMeOHZNH4OHyDCM to afford 8-chloro-l,5-naphthyridin-3-ol. MS:[M+H] = 181. Step 2: 3-(Benzyloxy)-8-chloro-1.5-naphthyridine (220 mg. 813 μmol) A pyrex reaction tube was charged with 8-chloro-l,5-naphthyridin-3-ol (165 mg, 914 μmol), potassium carbonate (631 mg, 4568 μmol), l-(chloromethyl)benzene (376 μl,
4568 μmol) and 3.7 mL DMF. The tube was sealed and the mixture was heated at 65 0C for 3 h. The reaction was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic portion was dried, filtered, and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography, 0-25% EtOAc in DCM to provide product as a white solid. MS: [M+H] = 271.
Step 3: N-(4-(7-(BenzyloxyH.5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl')-4-(4- chlorophenvDphthalazin-l -amine
A pyrex reaction tube was charged with 4-(4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l- ylamino)phenol hydrochloride (344 mg, 894 μmol), 3-(benzyloxy)-8-chloro-l,5- naphthyridine (220 mg, 813 μmol), cesium carbonate (662 mg, 2032 μmol) and 4.1 mL DMSO. The tube was sealed and the mixture was heated at 100 0C for 4 h. Water was added and the resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography, 90/10/1 DCM/MeOH/NRiOH in DCM to provide N-(4-(7-(benzyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4- chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l -amine. MS: [M+H] = 583.
Step 4: 8-(4-(4-(4-Chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l -ylamino')phenoxy)-l ,5-naphthyridin-3-ol A round bottom flask was charged with N-(4-(7-(benzyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (400 mg, 687 μmol), 10% Pd/C (73.1 mg, 687 μmol) and 3.4 mL MeOH. The flask was fitted with a hydrogen-filled balloon and the mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was diluted with DCM and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated and the crude material was purified by reverse phase chromatography, Gilson, 10-90% 0.1% TFA/ACN in water over 15 min to provide 8-(4-(4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin- 1 -ylamino)phenoxy)- 1 ,5 -naphthyridin-3 -ol as a light yellow solid. MS: [M+H] = 492.
Example 410
Figure imgf000153_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-fluorophenyI)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yIsulΩnyl)phenyl)pbthalazin-l-amine
To a solution of 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (29 mg, 0.057 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) and CHCl3 (3 mL) at -78 0C was added mCPBA, 77% (14 mg, 0.080 mmol) in one portion. After 1 hr, the mixture was slowly warmed to 0 0C and stirred for an additional 15 min. The solution was diluted with CH2Cl2 and washed with 10% Na2S2O4 and saturated aqueous NaHCO3. After drying the organic fraction with Na2SO4, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography using 100% CH2Cl2 to 8% MeOH:CH2Cl2 with NH4OH tO afford 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4- ylsulfinyl)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (18 mg, 60% yield) as a light yellow solid. MS: M+H+ = 522.1. The Examples disclosed in Table 2 below are additional representative examples, of the present invention. These Examples were made by the methods indicated in Table 2, which generally correlate to Methods Al-5, Bl-5, Cl-5 and DIa, DIb, D2 and D3 of Examples 12-A, 12-B and 29-45 herein. The MS data is the M+H* ion value found for the example. Biological data is provided for a majority of those compounds exemplified in Table 2. It should be understood and appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art that where the data is missing for a particular example, that data was unavailable. Also, data for certain examples may not be completely accurate, as presented herein, likely due to poor sample solubility, or other possible solution related issues, causing a decreased calculated activity. It is believed that these examples may be more active than recorded herein.
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0002
The invention further provides methods for making compounds of Formulas I-IV. For example, and in one embodiment, there is provided a method of making a compound of Formula 1, the method comprising the step of reacting compound of Formula A
Figure imgf000177_0001
with a compound of Formula B
Figure imgf000178_0001
B wherein A8 and R6"8 of the compound of formula A and A1, A2, D', L1, R1, A3"6 and n of the compound of formula B are as defined herein, to make a compound of Formula I. This method may also be used to make a compound of Formulas π, EI and IV. While the examples described above provide processes for synthesizing compounds of Formulas I - IV, other methods may be utilized to prepare such compounds. In the procedures described herein, the steps may be performed in an alternate order and may be preceded, or followed, by additional protection/deprotection steps as necessary.
Methods involving the use of protecting groups may be used. Particularly, if one or more functional groups, for example carboxy, hydroxy, amino, or mercapto groups, are or need to be protected in preparing the compounds of the invention, because they are not intended to take part in a specific reaction or chemical transformation, various known conventional protecting groups may be used. For example, protecting groups typically utilized in the synthesis of natural and synthetic compounds, including peptides, nucleic' acids, derivatives thereof and sugars, having multiple reactive centers, chiral centers and other sites potentially susceptible to the reaction reagents and/or conditions, may be used. The protecting groups may already be present in precursors and should protect the functional groups concerned against unwanted secondary reactions, such as acylations, etherifications, esterifϊcations, oxidations, solvolysis, and similar reactions. It is a characteristic of protecting groups that they readily lend themselves, i.e. without undesired secondary reactions, to removal, typically accomplished by solvolysis, reduction, photolysis or other methods of removal such as by enzyme activity, under conditions analogous to physiological conditions. It should also be appreciated that the protecting groups should not be present in the end-products. Those of ordinary skill in the art know, or can easily establish, which protecting groups are suitable with the reactions described herein. The protection of functional groups by protecting groups, the protecting groups themselves, and their removal reactions (commonly referred to as "deprotection") are described, for example, in standard reference works, such as J.F.W. McOmie, Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, Plenum Press, London and New York (1973), in T.W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley, New York (1981), in The Peptides, Volume 3, E. Gross and J. Meienhofer editors, Academic Press, London and New York (1981), in Methoden der Organischen Chemie (Methods of Organic Chemistry), Houben Weyl, 4th edition, Volume 15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart (1974), in H. -D. Jakubke and H. Jescheit, Aminosauren, Peptide, Proteine (Amino Acids, Peptides, Proteins), Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, Deerfϊeld Beach, and Basel ( 1982), and in Jochen Lehmann, Chemie der Kohlenhydrate: Monosaccharide und Derivate (Chemistry of Carbohydrates: Monosaccharides and Derivatives), Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart (1974).
The procedures may further use appropriate reaction conditions, including inert solvents, additional reagents, such as bases (e.g., LDA, DIEA, pyridine, K2CO3, and the like), catalysts, and salt forms of the above. The intermediates may be isolated or carried on in situ, with or without purification. Purification methods are known in the art and include, for example, crystallization, chromatography (liquid and gas phase, and the like), extraction, distillation, trituration, reverse phase HPLC and the like, many of which were utilized in the Examples above. Reactions conditions such as temperature, duration, pressure, and atmosphere (inert gas, ambient) are known in the art and may be adjusted as appropriate for the reaction.
All synthetic procedures described herein can be carried out either in the absence or in the presence (usually) of solvents or diluents. As appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art, the solvents should be inert with respect to, and should be able to dissolve, the starting materials and other reagents used. Solvents should be able to partially or wholly solubilize the reactants in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensing agents or neutralizing agents, for example ion exchangers, typically cation exchangers for example in the H+ form. The ability of the solvent to allow and/or influence the progress or rate of the reaction is generally dependant on the type and properties of the solvent(s), the reaction conditions including temperature, pressure, atmospheric conditions such as in an inert atmosphere under argon or nitrogen, and concentration, and of the reactants themselves. Suitable solvents for conducting reactions to synthesize compounds of the invention include, without limitation, water; esters, including lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, e.g., EtOAc; ethers including aliphatic ethers, e.g., Et2O and ethylene glycol dimethylether or cyclic ethers, e.g., THF; liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, including benzene, toluene and xylene; alcohols, including MeOH, EtOH, 1-propanol, IPOH, n- and t-butanol; nitriles including CH3CN; halogenated hydrocarbons, including CH2Cl2, CHCl3 and CCl4; acid amides including DMF; sulfoxides, including DMSO; bases, including heterocyclic nitrogen bases, e.g. pyridine; carboxylic acids, including lower alkanecarboxylic acids, e.g., AcOH; inorganic acids including HCl, HBr, HF, H2SO4 and the like; carboxylic acid anhydrides, including lower alkane acid anhydrides, e.g., acetic anhydride; cyclic, linear, or branched hydrocarbons, including cyclohexane, hexane, pentane, isopentane and the like, and mixtures of these solvents, such as purely organic solvent combinations, or water-containing solvent combinations e.g., aqueous solutions. These solvents and solvent mixtures may also be used in "working-up" the reaction as well as in processing the reaction and/or isolating the reaction product(s), such as in chromatography.
The invention further includes salt forms of compounds of Formulas I, π, III and FV. Salts of a compound of the invention having a salt-forming group may be prepared in a conventional manner or manner known to persons skilled in the art. For example, acid addition salts of compounds of the invention may be obtained by treatment with an acid or with a suitable anion exchange reagent. A salt with two acid molecules (for example a dihalogenide) may also be converted into a salt with one acid molecule per compound (for example a monohalogenide); this may be done by heating to a melt, or for example by heating as a solid under a high vacuum at elevated temperature, for example from 50 0C to 170 0C, one molecule of the acid being expelled per molecule of the compound.
Acid salts can usually be converted to free-base compounds, e.g. by treating the salt with suitable basic agents, for example with alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal hydrogen carbonates, or alkali metal hydroxides, typically potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide. Suitable acid and base addition salts are further described in the Definition Section herein.
The invention further encompasses pro-drugs of compounds of Formulas I, II, III and rV. For example, a phosphate group may be a pro-drug derivative of an alcohol group or an amine group, or an ester may be a pro-drug of a carboxylic acid functional group. Phosphate groups may be incorporated into desired compounds of Formulas I, π, III and IV in order to improve upon in-vivo bioavailability and/or other pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic properties of the compound.
The invention further encompasses "intermediate" compounds, including structures produced from the synthetic procedures described, whether isolated or not, prior to obtaining the finally desired compound. Structures resulting from carrying out steps from a transient starting material, structures resulting from divergence from the described method(s) at any stage, and structures forming starting materials under the reaction conditions are all "intermediates" included in the invention. Further, structures produced by using starting materials in the form of a reactive derivative or salt, or produced by a compound obtainable by means of the process according to the invention and structures resulting from processing the compounds of the invention in situ are also within the scope of the invention.
Starting materials of the invention, are either known, commercially available, or can be synthesized in analogy to or according to methods that are known in the art. Many starting materials may be prepared according to known processes and, in particular, can be prepared using processes described in the examples. In synthesizing starting materials, functional groups may be protected with suitable protecting groups when necessary. Protecting groups, their introduction and removal are described above.
Compounds of the present invention can possess, in general, one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and are thus capable of existing in the form of optical isomers as well as in the form of racemic or non-racemic mixtures thereof. The optical isomers can be obtained by resolution of the racemic mixtures according to conventional processes, e.g., by formation of diastereoisomeric salts, by treatment with an optically active acid or base. Examples of appropriate acids are tartaric, diacetyltartaric, dibenzoyltartaric, ditoluoyltartaric, and camphorsulfonic acid and then separation of the mixture of diastereoisomers by crystallization followed by liberation of the optically active bases from these salts. A different process for separation of optical isomers involves the use of a chiral chromatography column optimally chosen to maximize the separation of the enantiomers. Still another available method involves synthesis of covalent diastereoisomeric molecules by reacting compounds of the invention with chiral reagents, such as an optically pure acid in an activated form or an optically pure isocyanate. The synthesized diastereoisomers can be separated by conventional means such as chromatography, distillation, crystallization or sublimation, and then hydrolyzed to deliver the enantiomerically pure compound. The optically active compounds of the invention can likewise be obtained by using optically active starting materials. These isomers may be in the form of a free acid, a free base, an ester or a salt.
The compounds of this invention may also be represented in multiple tautomeric forms. The invention expressly includes all tautomeric forms of the compounds described herein.
The compounds may also occur in cis- or trans- or E- or Z- double bond isomeric forms. All such isomeric forms of such compounds are expressly included in the present invention. All crystal forms of the compounds described herein are expressly included in the present invention. Substituents on ring moieties (e.g., phenyl, thienyl, etc.) may be attached to specific atoms, whereby they are intended to be fixed to that atom, or they may be drawn unattached to a specific atom, whereby they are intended to be attached at any available atom that is not already substituted by an atom other than H (hydrogen).
The synthetic chemistry transformations, as well as protecting group methodologies (protection and deprotection) described above and useful in synthesizing the inhibitor compounds described herein, are known in the art and include, for example, those such as described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers (1989); T. W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley and Sons (1999); L. Fieser and M. Fieser, Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1994); A. Katritzky and A. Pozharski, Handbook of Heterocyclic Chemistry, 2nd edition (2001); M. Bodanszky, A. Bodanszky, The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg (1984); J. Seyden-Penne, Reductions by the Alumino- and Borohydrides in Organic Synthesis, 2nd edition, Wiley- VCH, (1997); and L. Paquette, editor, Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1995). ~
The compounds of the invention may be modified by appending appropriate functionalities to enhance selective biological properties. Such modifications are known in the art and include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological compartment (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion. By way of example, a compound of the invention may be modified to incorporate a hydrophobic group or "greasy" moiety in an attempt to enhance the passage of the compound through a hydrophobic membrane, such as a cell wall. BIOLOGICAL EVALUATION
Although the pharmacological properties of the compounds of the invention (Formulas I - IE) vary with structural change, in general, activity possessed by compounds of Formulas I - HI may be demonstrated both in vitro as well as in vivo. The following exemplified pharmacological assays have been carried out with the compounds according to the invention. Briefly, representative compounds of the invention were found to inhibit the activity of Aurora kinase selectively or non-selectively, at doses less than 25 μM. This activity demonstrates the utility of the compounds in the prophylaxis and treatment of cellular proliferative disorders, including cancer as described herein.
Aurora Kinase HTRF Assays AuroraA-TPX2-Homogeneous Time Resolved Fluorescent (HTRF) Kinase Assay:
The Aurora-A HTRF assay begins with Aurora-A in the presence of ATP phosphorylating the biotinylated peptide PLK. The reaction incubates for about 120 min. Detection reagents are added to quench the reaction. These agents stop the reaction by diluting out the enzyme and chelating the metals due to the presence of EDTA. After addition, the assay is incubated overnight to allow the detection reagents to equilibrate. The AuroraA HTRF assay comprises 1 μL of compound in 100% DMSO, 20 μL of ATP and biotinylated PLK, and 20 μL of AuroraA-TPX2 KD GST for a final volume of about 41 μL. The final concentration of PLK is about 1 μM. The final concentration, of ATP is about 1 μM (Km(app) = 1 μM+/-0.1) and the final concentration of AuroraA is about 5 nM. Buffer conditions are as follows: 6OmM HEPES pH 7.5, 25mM NaCl, 1OmM MgCl, 2mM DTT, 0.05% BSA. The assay is quenched and stopped with 160 μL of detection reagent. Detection reagents are as follows: Buffer made of 5OmM Tris, pH 7.5, 10OmM NaCl, 3mM EDTA, 0.05% BSA, 0.1% Tween20. Added to this buffer prior to reading is Steptavidin allophycocyanin (SA-APC) at a final cone in the assay of 0.0005 mg/mL, and europilated anti-phosphoPLK Ab (Eu-anti-PLK) at a final cone of 0.02 nM. The assay plate is read in either a Discovery or a RubyStar. The eu-anti-PLK is excited at 320 nm and emits at 615 nm to excite the SA-APC which in turn emits at 655 nm. The ratio of SA-APC at 655 nm (excited due to close proximity to the Eu-anti- PLK because of phosphorylation of the peptide) to free Eu-anti-PLK at 615 nm will give substrate phosphorylation. Many of the Examples described herein were tested, and fund to be active compounds. Table I includes related biological data, which may be interpreted using the activity gauge below. Selected Examples 29-45 and 74-370 exhibited an average activity in the Aurora kinase A HTRF assay as follows: "+" represents an activity (IC50) in the range of 2.5uM - 500 nM; "++" represents an activity (IC50) in the range of 500 - 100 nM; and ' represents an activity (IC50) of less than 100 nM.
AuroraB-Homogeneous Time Resolved Fluorescent (HTRF) Kinase Assay:
The AuroraB HTRF assay begins with AuroraB in the presence of ATP phosphorylating the biotinylated peptide Histone H3. The reaction incubates for about 90 min. the reaction is quentched by addition of detection reagents, which stop the reaction by diluting out the enzyme and chelating the metals due to the presence of EDTA. After addition, the assay is incubated for about 60 min to allow detection reagents to equilibrate.
The AuroraB HTRF assay comprises 1 μL of compound in 100% DMSO, 20 μL of ATP and biotinylated Histone H3, and 20 μL of AuroraB FL His for a final volume of
41 μL. The final concentration of Histone H3 is 0.1 μM. The final concentration of ATP is 23 μM (Km(app) = 23 μM+/-2.6) and the final concentration of AuroraB is 400 pM.
Buffer conditions are as follows: 5OmM HEPES pH 7.5, 5mM NaCl, 0.5mM MgCl, .
0.5mM MnCl, 2mM DTT, 0.05% BSA.
The assay is quenched and stopped with 160 μL of detection reagent. Detection reagents are as follows: Buffer made of 5OmM Tris, pH 7.5, 10OmM NaCl, 3mM EDTA, 0.05% BSA, 0.1 % Tween20. Added to this buffer prior to reading is Steptavidin allophycocyanin (SA-APC) at a final cone in the assay of 0.001 mg/mL, and europilated anti-phosphoHistoneH3 Ab (Eu-anti-HisH3) at a final cone of 0.064 nM.
The assay plate is read in either a Discovery or a RubyStar. The eu-anti-HisH3 is excited at 320 nm and emits at 615 nm to excite the SA-APC which in turn emits at 655 nm. The ratio of SA-APC at 655 nm (excited due to close proximity to the Eu-anti-
HisH3 because of phosphorylation of the peptide) to free Eu-anti-HisH3 at 615 nm will give substrate phosphorylation.
Many of the Examples described herein were tested, and fund to be active compounds. Table I includes related biological data, which may be interpreted using the activity gauge below. Selected Examples 29-45 and 74-370 exhibited an average activity in the Aurora kinase B HTRF assay as follows: "+" represents an activity (IC5o) in the range of 2.5uM - 500 nM; "++" represents an activity (IC50) in the range of 500 - 100 nM; and "+++" represents an activity (IC50) of less than 100 nM.
Aurora Kinase Cell-based Assay
HeLa cell 24hr ploidv assay protocol
The purpose of this assay is to evaluate the ability of selected individual compounds to induce Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) content (ploidy) in cells through failed cell division. Cell cycle analysis is a rapid and efficient way to evaluate the status of DNA content (ploidy) of a given cell. HeLa cells (IxIO4 HeLa cells/well) in lOOul of media (MEM+10%FBS) were plated in 96-well plates (Packard View) and cultured for 24 hrs at 370C maintained in a 5% CO2 atmosphere. The following day, cells were treated for 24 hrs with inhibitor compounds (10 pt. Dose ranging from 0.0024 - 1.25 umol/L). The compounds were serially diluted in DMSO (0.25% final concentration). The cells were fixed (3.7% Formaldehyde and 1% glutaraldehyde) and permeabilized (Ix PBS with 1% BSA an dθ.2% Triton X-100) in preparation for nuclear staining. The well plates were stained for 45 minutes at RT in the dark using Hoechest 33342 nuclear stain at 0.5 ug.ml (Stock of lOmg/ml, Invitrogen, CA, Cat # H3570). The nuclear stain was removed by aspiration and the cells were washed with wash buffer. A Cellomics Array Scan Vti plate reader was used to acquire the DNA ploidy data of the cells using Cell Cycle bioapplication. Numbers for each of "valid cell count/well", "% of 4N cells" and "% of >4Ncells" were calculated with the assistance of an Activity Base 5. lea software and dose curves were generated using an XLFit software. With XLFit, final EC50 IP and EC5O transit values, as well as the Max and Min, were calculated for each curve.
Of the compounds assayed, a number of compounds exhibited activity in the 24h cell-ploidy content assay, as provided in the Tables herein. Selected Examples exhibited an average activity in the DNA ploidy assay as follows: "+" represents an activity (EC50) in the range of 2.5uM - 500 nM;
"++" represents an activity (EC50) in the range of 500 - 100 nM; and ' represents an activity (EC50) of less than 100 nM. HCTl 16 Xenograft Model
Compounds of the present invention were evaluated in HCTl 16 xenografts, a human colon carcinoma model. HCTl 16 cells were chosen to evaluate compounds of Formulas I-IV in a tumor model based on in vitro data having showed a marked increase in polyploidy in the cells in response to Aurora B inhibition. These cells were grown as subcutaneous xenografts in female HSD (Harlan Sprague Dawley) athymic nude mice. Mice were implanted subcutaneously with 2 x 106 cells in matrigel on day 0. Treatment was initiated on day 10 with compounds of the invention at the indicated dosage p.o for 2 consecutive-days per week (intermittent schedule, such as 2 days on - 5 days off) or 7- days (continuous schedule) per week, for a selected number of weeks. For example, in one study, animals were dosed with selected compound samples BED on an intermittent dosing paradigm of two days on and then 5 days off per week, for four weeks (four dosing cycles) at 15, 7.5, and 3.75mg/kg. Tumor growth inhibition and body weights were measured throughout the study and compared to the vehicle control group. All groups were provided nutritional supplements on a daily basis throughout the study to maintain body weight. Terminal neutrophil counts were taken at the end of this study. Measures were made by ANOVA followed by Scheffe post hoc test using StatView software v5.0.1. Materials Tissue Culture; 10 Flasks containing a total of 7.68 x 108 HCTl 16 tumor cells were harvested for tumor cell implantation. HCT 116 cells were re-suspended to a cell concentration of about 2 x 107 cells/ml in serum-free McCoys 5 A media + 50% matrigel. Cell viability was measured to be about 99.3%.
Animals: Female Athymic Nude mice approximately 14 weeks of age (Harlan Sprague Dawley) were used for the experiment. Mice were housed five per filter-capped cage in sterile housing in an environmentally controlled room (temperature 23 ± 20C, relative humidity 50 ± 20%) on a 12-hr light/dark cycle. Animals were fed a commercial rodent chow (Formulation 8640; Tek Lab, Madison, WI) and received filter-purified tap water ad libitum. Dietary calcium and phosphorus contents were 1.2% and 1.0%, respectively. Mice were individually identified by microchips (Biomedic Data Systems, Inc - Seaford, DE) implanted subcutaneously at least one week prior to the study. Mice were implanted with 2 X 106 cells (lOOμl) subcutaneously on the right flank on Day 0. On Day 9, tumor- bearing mice were measured and randomized into five groups (n=10). Treatment of the mice with various compound dosages began on Day 10. The duration of the dosing phase of the study was generally four weeks. During the dosing period, mouse tumor volumes were measured with a digital caliper and weighed twice per week. Tumor volumes were calculated as follows: Tumor Volume (mm3) = [(W2 X L)/2] where width (W) is defined as the smaller of the 2 measurements and length (L) is defined as the larger of the 2 measurements. The following Examples exhibited an inhibition of tumor growth in the 116HCT tumor xenograph model: 160 (-86% inhibition @ 3.75mg/kg 2-day dosing scheduling QD); 165 (-63% inhibition @ 2.5 mg/kg 2-day dosing scheduling BID); and 207 (-67% inhibtion @ 5.0 mg/kg 2-day dosing scheduling QD).
INDICATIONS
The compounds of the invention have Aurora kinase modulatory activity in general, and inhibitory activity in particular. In one embodiment of the invention, there is provided a method of modulating Aurora kinase enzyme in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective dosage amount of a compound of a compound of Formulas I - IV. As such, the compounds of the invention may be used to treat cellular proliferation disorders, including uncontrolled cell growth and aberrant cell cycle regulation. The compounds are also useful for treating disorders related to hyper- proliferation of cells in normal tissue, including without limitation, non-tumor bearing and metastatic tissue. For example, one use may be to protect normal hair follicles from chemotherapy induced alopecia.
In addition, compounds of the invention are useful for, but not limited to, the prevention or treatment of cancer and other Aurora kinase-mediated diseases or disorders. For example, compounds of the invention would be useful for the treatment of various solid and hematologically derived tumors, such as carcinomas, including, without limitation, cancer of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung (including small cell lung cancer), esophagus, gall-bladder, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, and skin (including squamous cell carcinoma); hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage (including leukemia, acute lymphocitic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell-lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burkett's lymphoma); hematopoietic tumors of myeloid lineage (including acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocytic leukemia); tumors of mesenchymal origin (including fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma, and other sarcomas, e.g. soft tissue and bone); tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system (including astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma and schwannomas); and other tumors (including melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer and Kaposi's sarcoma). The compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of cancer related indications such as solid tumors, sarcomas (especially Ewing's sarcoma and osteosarcoma), retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcomas, neuroblastoma, hematopoietic malignancies, including leukemia and lymphoma, tumor- induced pleural or pericardial effusions, and malignant ascites. The compound of the invention may also be used to treat chemotherapy-induced thrombocytopenia, since the compounds may increase platelet count be increasing the rate of megakaryocyte maturation.
The compounds would also be useful for treatment of ophthalmological conditions such as corneal graft rejection, ocular neovascularization, retinal neovascularization including neovascularization following injury or infection, diabetic retinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and neovascular glaucoma; retinal ischemia; vitreous hemorrhage; ulcerative diseases such as gastric ulcer; pathological, but non-malignant, conditions such as hemangiomas, including infantile hemaginomas, angiofibroma of the nasopharynx and avascular necrosis of bone; and disorders of the female reproductive system such as endometriosis. The compounds are also useful for the treatment of edema, and conditions of vascular hyperpermeability.
The compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of conditions wherein undesired angiogenesis, edema, or stromal deposition occurs in viral infections such as Herpes simplex, Herpes Zoster, AIDS, Kaposi's sarcoma, protozoan infections and toxoplasmosis, following trauma, radiation, stroke, endometriosis, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, systemic lupus, sarcoidosis, synovitis, Crohn's disease, sickle cell anemia, Lyme disease, pemphigoid, Paget's disease, hyperviscosity syndrome, Osler- Weber-Rendu disease, chronic inflammation, chronic occlusive pulmonary disease, asthma, and inflammatory rheumatoid or rheumatic disease. The compounds are also useful in the reduction of sub-cutaneous fat and for the treatment of obesity.
The compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of ocular conditions such as ocular and macular edema, ocular neovascular disease, scleritis, radial keratotomy, uveitis, vitritis, myopia, optic pits, chronic retinal detachment, post-laser complications, glaucoma, conjunctivitis, Stargardt's disease and Eales disease in addition to retinopathy and macular degeneration.
The compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of cardiovascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, restenosis, arteriosclerosis, vascular occlusion and carotid obstructive disease.
Based on the ability to modulate kinases impacting angiogenesis, the compounds of the invention are also useful in treatment and therapy of proliferative diseases. Particularly, these compounds can be used for the treatment of an inflammatory rheumatoid or rheumatic disease, especially of manifestations at the locomotor apparatus, such as various inflammatory rheumatoid diseases, especially chronic polyarthritis including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile arthritis or psoriasis arthropathy; paraneoplastic syndrome or tumor-induced inflammatory diseases, turbid effusions, collagenosis, such as systemic Lupus erythematosus, poly-myositis, dermato-myositis, systemic sclerodermia or mixed collagenosis; postinfectious arthritis (where no living pathogenic organism can be found at or in the affected part of the body), seronegative spondylarthritis, such as spondylitis ankylosans; vasculitis, sarcoidosis, or arthrosis; or further any combinations thereof.
The compounds of the invention can also be used as active agents against such disease states as arthritis, atherosclerosis, psoriasis, hemangiomas, myocardial angiogenesis, coronary and cerebral collaterals, ischemic limb angiogenesis, wound healing, peptic ulcer Helicobacter related diseases, fractures, cat scratch fever, rubeosis, neovascular glaucoma and retinopathies such as those associated with diabetic retinopathy or macular degeneration. In addition, some of these compounds can be used as active agents against solid tumors, malignant ascites, hematopoietic cancers and hyperproliferative disorders such as thyroid hyperplasia (especially Grave's disease), and cysts (such as hypervascularity of ovarian stroma, characteristic of polycystic ovarian syndrome (Stein- Leventhal syndrome)) since such diseases require a proliferation of blood vessel cells for growth and/or metastasis.
The compounds of the invention can also be used as active agents against burns, chronic lung disease, stroke, polyps, anaphylaxis, chronic and allergic inflammation, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, brain tumor-associated cerebral edema, high-altitude, trauma or hypoxia induced cerebral or pulmonary edema, ocular and macular edema, ascites, and other diseases where vascular hyperpermeability, effusions, exudates, protein extravasation, or edema is a manifestation of the disease. The compounds will also be useful in treating disorders in which protein extravasation leads to the deposition of fibrin and extracellular matrix, promoting stromal proliferation (e.g. fibrosis, cirrhosis and carpal tunnel syndrome).
Besides being useful for human treatment, these compounds are useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals, including mammals, rodents, and the like. For example, animals including horses, dogs, and cats may be treated with compounds provided by the invention.
FORMULATIONS Also embraced within this invention is a class of pharmaceutical compositions, also referred to as medicaments, comprising the active compounds of Formulas I - III in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients and/or carriers, diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as "excipient" materials) and, if desired, other active ingredients. The pharmaceutically active compounds of this invention can be processed in accordance with conventional methods of pharmacy to produce medicinal agents for administration to patients, including humans and other mammals.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered to a subject by any suitable route, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition, adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended. The compounds and compositions of the present invention may, for example, be administered orally, mucosally, topically, rectally, pulmonarily such as by inhalation spray, or parentally including intravascularly, intravenously, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly intrasternally and infusion techniques, in dosage unit formulations containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, including carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles.
For oral administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid. The pharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosage unit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient. Examples of such dosage units are tablets or capsules. For example, these may contain an amount of active ingredient from about 1 to 2000 mg, and typically from about 1 to 500 mg. A suitable daily dose for a human or other mammal may vary widely depending on the condition of the patient and other factors, but, once again, can be determined using routine methods and practices. The amount of compounds which are administered and the dosage regimen for treating a disease condition with the compounds and/or compositions of this invention depends on a variety of factors, including the age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject, the type of disease, the severity of the disease, the route and frequency of administration, and the particular compound employed. Thus, the dosage regimen may vary widely, but can be determined routinely using standard methods. A daily dose of about 0.01 to 500 mg/kg, advantageously between about 0.01 and about 50 mg/kg, and more advantageously about 0.01 and about 30 mg/kg body weight may be appropriate. The daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day. For therapeutic purposes, the active compounds of this invention are ordinarily combined with one or more "excipients" appropriate to the indicated route of administration. If administered on a per dose basis, the compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, to form the final formulation. For example, the active compound(s) and excipient(s) may be tableted or encapsulated by known and accepted methods for convenient administration. Examples of suitable formulations include, without limitation, pills, tablets, soft and hard-shell gel capsules, troches, orally-dissolvable forms and delayed or controlled-release formulations thereof. Particularly, capsule or tablet formulations may contain one or more controlled-release agents, such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, as a dispersion with the active compound(s).
In the case of psoriasis and other skin conditions, it may be preferable to apply a topical preparation of compounds of this invention to the affected area two to four times a day.
Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin (e.g., liniments, lotions, ointments, creams, pastes, suspensions and the like) and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear, or nose. A suitable topical dose of active ingredient of a compound of the invention is 0.1 mg to 150 mg administered one to four, preferably one or two times daily. For topical administration, the active ingredient may comprise from 0.001% to 10% w/w, e.g., from 1% to 2% by weight of the formulation, although it may comprise as much as 10% w/w, but preferably not more than 5% w/w, and more preferably from 0.1% to 1% of the formulation.
When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed with either paraffϊnic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in- water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol such as propylene glycol, butane- 1, 3 -diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol, polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulation may desirably include a compound, which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or , other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include DMSO and related analogs.
The compounds of this invention can also be administered by transdermal device. Preferably transdermal administration will be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir and porous membrane type or of a solid matrix variety. In either case, the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient. In the case of microcapsules, the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane. The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier, it may comprise a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizers) make-up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base, which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations. Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include, for example, Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax, or other materials well known in the art.
The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low. Thus, the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters may be used. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredients are dissolved or suspended in suitable excipient, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredients. The active ingredients are preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% and particularly about 1.5% w/w.
Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or non- aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions. These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules using one or more of the excipients, carriers or diluents mentioned for use in the formulations for oral administration or by using other suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, tragacanth gum, and/or various buffers. Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art. The active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition with suitable carriers including saline, dextrose, or water, or with cyclodextrin (ie. Captisol), cosolvent solubilization (ie. propylene glycol) or micellar solubilization (ie. Tween 80).
The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed, including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables. For pulmonary administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be administered in the form of an aerosol or with an inhaler including dry powder aerosol.
Suppositories for rectal administration of the drug can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols that are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
The pharmaceutical compositions may be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or may contain conventional adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, buffers etc. Tablets and pills can additionally be prepared with enteric coatings. Such compositions may also comprise adjuvants, such as wetting, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
COMBINATIONS
While the compounds of the invention can be dosed or administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent, they can also be used in combination with one or more compounds of the invention or in conjunction with other agents. When administered as a combination, the therapeutic agents can be formulated as separate compositions that are administered simultaneously or sequentially at different times, or the therapeutic agents can be given as a single composition. The phrase "co-therapy" (or "combination-therapy"), in defining use of a compound of the present invention and another pharmaceutical agent, is intended to embrace administration of each agent in a sequential manner in a regimen that will provide beneficial effects of the drug combination, and is intended as well to embrace coadministration of these agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single capsule having a fixed ratio of these active agents or in multiple, separate capsules for each agent.
Specifically, the administration of compounds of the present invention may be in conjunction with additional therapies known to those skilled in the art in the prevention or treatment of cancer, such as with radiation therapy or with neoplastic or cytotoxic agents. If formulated as a fixed dose, such combination products employ the compounds of this invention within the accepted dosage ranges. Compounds of Formulas I-III may also be administered sequentially with known anticancer or cytotoxic agents when a combination formulation is inappropriate. The invention is not limited in the sequence of administration; compounds of the invention may be administered either prior to, simultaneous with or after administration of the known anticancer or cytotoxic agent.
There are large numbers of antineoplastic agents available in commercial use, in clinical evaluation and in pre-clinical development, which would be selected for treatment of neoplasia by combination drug chemotherapy. Such antineoplastic agents fall into several major categories, namely, antibiotic-type agents, alkylating agents, antimetabolite agents, hormonal agents, immunological agents, interferon-type agents and a category of miscellaneous agents.
Alternatively, the compounds of the invention may also be used in co-therapies with other anti-neoplastic agents, such as other kinase inhibitors including angiogenic agents such as VEGFR inhibitors, p38 inhibitors and CDK inhibitors, TNF inhibitors, metallomatrix proteases inhibitors (MMP), COX-2 inhibitors including celecoxib, rofecoxib, parecoxib, valdecoxib, and etoricoxib, NSAID' s, SOD mimics or Ovβ3 inhibitors. The foregoing is merely illustrative of the invention and is not intended to limit the invention to the disclosed compounds. Variations and changes, which are obvious to one skilled in the art, are intended to be within the scope and nature of the invention, which are defined in the appended claims. All mentioned references, patents, applications and publications, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, as if here written.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000196_0001
I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of A1 and A2, independently, is N or CR2, provided no more than one of A1 and A2 is N; each of A3, A4, A5 and A6, independently, is N or CR3, provided that no more than two of A3, A4, A5 and A6 is N; each of L1 and L2, independently, is -O-, -NR4-, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO2- or - CR4R4-, wherein each R4, independently, is H, halo, OH,
Figure imgf000196_0002
NH-Ci-6alkyl, CN
each of A7 and A8, independently, is N or CR5, provided at least one of A7 and A8 is N;
D' is a 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R1; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, C].i0-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Q-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Cj-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci. lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9; each R2, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2,
NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000197_0001
C4-io-cycloalkenyl, CM0- alkylamino-, Ci-10-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci-)0-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000197_0002
C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-I0- alkylamino-, Ci.10-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9;
R5 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, C1-10-alkyl, C2-10- alkeηyl, C2-i0-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000197_0003
Gno-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-I0- dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each of R6, R7 and R8, independently, is R9; alternatively, either of R6 or R8, independently, taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH,
NO2, NH2, acetyl, C1-10-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-lo-alkynyl, C-^o-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the C1-10-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-1o-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C]-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
R10 is H, acetyl, Q-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2.i0-alkynyl, C3-I0-CyClOaIlCyI, C4.i0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Cj-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C1-10-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, CVio-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, CVio-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C,. 6alkoxyl, C3^cycloalkyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that (1) when D' is a phenyl ring, A1 is CH and A2 is CR2, than R2 is not
CN; or (2) when A1 is CH, A2 is N and L1 is -NR4-, then D' is not
Figure imgf000198_0001
H wherein one of X and Y is N and the other of X and Y is an optionally substituted carbon atom.
2. The compound of Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Figure imgf000198_0002
wherein X1 is O, S or NR1 , X2 is CR1 or N and R1 and n are as defined in claim 1.
3. The compound of Claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of A7 and A8, independently, is N.
4. The compound of Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
L1 is -O-, -S- or -NR4-, L2 is -NR4- and each R4, independently, is as defined in claim 1.
5. The compound of Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-10-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io- alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-Kj-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, C1-Io- alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000199_0001
Cs-βcycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and
R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9.
6. The compound of Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein at least one of A3, A4, A5 and A6, independently, is N.
7. The compound of Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of A3, A4, A5 and A6, independently, is CH.
8. The compound of Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of A1 and A2, independently, is CR2; L1 is -O-, -S- or -NR4-;
L2 is -NR4-; and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C1-6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci-10- alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl.
9. The compound of claim 1 having a Formula II:
Figure imgf000200_0001
II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A2 is N or CR2; each of A3, A4, A5 and A6, independently, is N or CR3, provided that no more than two of A3, A4, A5 and A6 is N; L1 is -O-, -S-, or -NR4-;
D' is a 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with n number of substituents of R1; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3-io-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000200_0002
Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.jo-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-]0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Cj. lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9;
R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, C1-10-alkyl, C2-I0- alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4.i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, CMO- dialkylamino-, Q.io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, Gno-cycloalkenyl, Ci-I0- alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Cj-io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R4, independently, is H or
Figure imgf000201_0001
R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io- alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-^Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-I0- alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000201_0002
Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; each of R7 and R8, independently, is R9; alternatively, R7 and R8, independently, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6- membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH,
NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-I0-CyClOaIlCyI, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-m-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, Q-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3. 6cycloalkyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
R10 is H, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3-i0-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Cj.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylaminoτ, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C]- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000202_0001
Ci- 6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
provided that ( 1 ) when A2 is N and L1 is -NR4-, then D' is not
Figure imgf000202_0002
H wherein one of X and Y is N and the other of X and Y is an optionally substituted carbon atom.
10. The compound of Claim 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Figure imgf000202_0003
wherein X is O, S or NR1 and R1 and n are as defined in claim 9; and L1 is -O- or -S-.
11. The compound of Claim 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Q-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-I0- alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-I0- alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000203_0001
Cs-βcycloalkyl, Q.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and
R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9.
12. The compound of claim 1 having a Formula HI:
Figure imgf000203_0002
m or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein one of A1 and A2 is N and the other of one of A1 and A2 is CR2; each of A3, A4, A5 and A6, independently, is N or CR3, provided that no more than two of A3, A4, A5 and A6 is N; each of L1 and L2, independently, is -O-, -NR4-, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO2- or ■ CR4R4-, wherein each R4, independently, is H or
Figure imgf000203_0003
each R1, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci-)0-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Ca.io-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000203_0004
C^o-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, C^o-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9; R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Cio-alkyl, C2-I0- alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000204_0001
Ci.io-alkylamino-, CMO- dialkylamino-, C).io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-)0-alkynyl, C3-I0-CyClOaIlCyI, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-I0- alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; R6 is R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Q.io-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, C].i0-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Q.io-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C
Figure imgf000204_0002
^alkyl, C3- βcycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; R10 is H, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2.i0-alkynyl, C3.i0-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.]0-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Cj- io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000205_0001
Ci- βalkoxylj Ca-βcycloalkyl, Ci-i0-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and n is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
13. The compound of claim 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A1 is CR2 and A2 is N; each of A3, A4, A5 and A6, independently, is CR3;
L1 is -O-, -NR4- or -S-;
L2 is -NR4-; each R1, independently, is H, halo, CF3, C2F5, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine, isopropylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -C(O)NHR9, -NHC(O)R9, - NHC(O)NHR9, -NH(COOR9), -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NHR9, -NHS(O)2NHR9, - NHS(O)2R9 or a ring selected from phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, said ring optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R9;
R2 is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine; each R3, independently, is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine; each R4, independently, is H or C)-6alkyl; and R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofiiranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C]-I0- alkylamino-, Ci-10-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl.
14. The compound of Claim 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
AMs CR^d A2 Is N; one ofA3, A4, A5 and A6 is N and others of A3, A4, A5 and A6 are each CR3; L1 is -O-, -NR4- or -S-;
L2 is -NR4-; each R1, independently, is H, halo, CF3, C2F5, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine, isopropylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -C(O)NHR9, -NHC(O)R9, - NHC(O)NHR9, -NH(COOR9), -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NHR9, -NHS(O)2NHR9, - NHS(O)2R9 or a ring selected from phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, said ring optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R9; R2 is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine; each R3, independently, is H, halo, CF3, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, methyl, methoxyl, ethyl, ethoxyl, propyl, propoxyl, isopropyl, methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine or isopropylamine; each R4, independently, is H or
Figure imgf000207_0001
and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, CM0- alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl.
15. The compound of Claim 1, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, selected from, tN-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-phenyl- 1 - phthalazinamine; rN-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl- 1 ,3 - thiazol-2-yl)-l -phthalazinamine;
'4-ethyl-N-(6-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)-3-pyridinyl)-6-phenyl- 3-pyridazinamine;
'4-((4-((4-(4-methyl- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-yl)- 1 -phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)oxy)-7- quinolinecarbonitrile; rN-(3-fluoro-4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-phenyl-l- phthalazinamine; *N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,6-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-phenyl-l - phthalazinamine;
IN-(4-((6,7-bis(methyloxy)-4-quinazolinyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-phenyl- 1 - phthalazinamine; TSr-^-C^-tmethyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-2- pyridinyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; rN-(7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,6-naphthyridin-4-yl)-N'-(4-phenyl- 1 -phthalazinyl)- 1 ,4- benzenediamine;
•N-3-(methyloxy)-8-((4-((4-(4-methylphenyl)-l- phthalazinyl)methyl)phenyl)oxy)- 1 ,5 -naphthyridine; rN-(6-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)-3-pyridinyl)-4-(6-methyl-2- pyridinyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
!4-(5-chloro-2-thienyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; '4-((4-((4-(4-(methyloxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinyl)amino)pheny l)oxy)-7- quinolinecarbonitrile;
•4-(l -methyl- 1 H-indol-2-yl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; fN-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4- (trifluoromethy l)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-((4-((4-(4-(trifIuoromethyl)phenyl)-l-phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)oxy)-7- quinolinecarbonitrile;
'4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine; '4-( 1 ,3 -benzodioxol-5 -y l)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 , 5 -naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)-l -phthalazinamine;
'4-(2,3 -dihydro- 1 -benzofuran-5 -y l)-N-(4-((7-(methy loxy)- 1 ,5 -naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-(3-chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin- 4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-l -phthalazinamine;
'4-(6-fluoro-3-pyridinyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)-l -phthalazinamine;
'4-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; '4-(2-methyl-l,3-benzothiazol-5-yl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- y l)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-(3 , 4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5 -naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; IN-(4-((2-(l-methyl-lH-imidazol-5-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4- phenyl- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-(l-methyl-lH-indol-5-yl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-ethyl-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-6-(5-methyl-2- thienyl)-3-pyridazinamine;
4-(l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; lN-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(5-pyrimidinyl)-l- phthalazinamine; rN-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-4-phenylthieno[2,3- d]pyridazin-7-amine;
'4-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5 -naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine;
'4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(6-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)oxy)-3- pyridinyl)-l -phthalazinamine;
'4-(5-chloro-2-pyridinyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-(6-chloro-3-pyridinyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; '4-(4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)oxy)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
'4-((4-((4-(4-chlorophenyl)- 1 -phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)thio)-7- quinolinecarbonitrile;
'4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl)-l- phthalazinamine;
'8-((4-((4-(4-chlorophenyl)-l-phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)oxy)-l,5-naphthyridine- 3-carbonitrile;
N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-4-yl)thio)phenyl)-4-phenyl- 1 - phthalazinamine; N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-4-(4-methylthiophen-2- yl)phthalazin- 1 -amine;
4-ethyl-N-(4-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)-6-phenylpyridazin-3- amine; 6-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-ethyl-N-(6-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)pyridin-3- y l)pyridazin-3 -amine;
6-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-ethyl-N-(6-(7-methoxy-l,5-naphthyridin-4-yloxy)pyridin-3- yl)pyridazin-3 -amine;
TSf-(4-((6-(methyloxy)-4-quinolinyl)thio)phenyl)-4-phenyl-l-phthalazinamine; IN-(4-((2-(3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yl)thio)phenyl)-
4-phenyl-l-phthalazinamine; and
'4-(5-chloro-2-pyridinyl)-N-(4-((7-(methyloxy)-l,5-naphthyridin-4- yl)thio)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine.
16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and an effective dosage amount of the compound according to any of Claims 1- 15.
17. Use of a compound according to any of Claims 1 - 15 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer.
18. Use of a compound according to any of Claims 1-15 for the manufacture of a medicament for reducing the size of a solid tumor.
19. Use of a compound according to any of Claims 1 - 15 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a cell proliferation disorder selected from a solid or hematological^ derived tumor selected from cancer of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung small cell lung cancer, esophagus, gall-bladder, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate and skin, a hematopoietic tumor of lymphoid lineage selected from leukemia, acute lymphocitic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell-lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burkett's lymphoma, a hematopoietic tumor of myeloid lineage selected from acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocyte leukemia, a tumor of mesenchymal origin selected from fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma, a tumor of the central and peripheral nervous system selected from astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma and schwannoma, or a melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma or a combination thereof.
20. A process for preparing a compound according to any of claims 1-15, the process comprising the step of reacting compound of Formula A
Figure imgf000211_0001
with a compound of Formula B
Figure imgf000211_0002
B wherein A8 and R6"8 of the compound of formula A and A1, A2, D', L1, R1, A3"6 and n of the compound of formula B are as defined in claim 1, to make a compound of Formula I.
PCT/US2008/004432 2007-04-05 2008-04-03 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use WO2008124083A2 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA2682504A CA2682504C (en) 2007-04-05 2008-04-03 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
ES08742582.3T ES2470341T3 (en) 2007-04-05 2008-04-03 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
AU2008236670A AU2008236670B2 (en) 2007-04-05 2008-04-03 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
JP2010502144A JP5516397B2 (en) 2007-04-05 2008-04-03 Aurora kinase modulator and method of use
EP08742582.3A EP2137177B1 (en) 2007-04-05 2008-04-03 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
MX2009010517A MX2009010517A (en) 2007-04-05 2008-04-03 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use.

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US92220507P 2007-04-05 2007-04-05
US60/922,205 2007-04-05

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008124083A2 true WO2008124083A2 (en) 2008-10-16
WO2008124083A3 WO2008124083A3 (en) 2009-01-15

Family

ID=39580061

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/004432 WO2008124083A2 (en) 2007-04-05 2008-04-03 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (3) US7776857B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2137177B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5516397B2 (en)
AU (1) AU2008236670B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2682504C (en)
ES (1) ES2470341T3 (en)
MX (1) MX2009010517A (en)
WO (1) WO2008124083A2 (en)

Cited By (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009117157A1 (en) * 2008-03-20 2009-09-24 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
WO2010017240A3 (en) * 2008-08-04 2010-04-01 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
WO2010098866A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Supergen, Inc. Cyclopentathiophene/cyclohexathiophene dna methyltransferase inhibitors
JP2012517470A (en) * 2009-02-11 2012-08-02 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング A novel aminoazaheterocyclic carboxamide
CN103145709A (en) * 2013-04-12 2013-06-12 苏州科捷生物医药有限公司 Synthesis process for 4-chloro-1,6-naphthyridine
CN103864799A (en) * 2014-03-17 2014-06-18 上海毕得医药科技有限公司 Method for synthesizing 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazole-[1,2-A]-pyrazine
US8853409B2 (en) 2007-09-21 2014-10-07 Array Biopharma Inc. Pyridin-2yl-amino-1, 2, 4-thiadiazole derivatives as glucokinase activators for the treatment of diabetes mellitus
WO2014183555A1 (en) 2013-05-13 2014-11-20 上海恒瑞医药有限公司 Cycloalkyl acid derivative, preparation method thereof, and pharmaceutical application thereof
US9126935B2 (en) 2008-08-14 2015-09-08 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
EP2963039A1 (en) * 2011-02-24 2016-01-06 The Regents of The University of California Small molecules for endothelial cell activation
CN105646467A (en) * 2016-02-25 2016-06-08 黄燕鸽 Anticancer compound osimertinib and synthesis method thereof
CN106854180A (en) * 2016-11-30 2017-06-16 山东轩德医药科技有限公司 A kind of preparation method of the acid amides of 4 chlorine, 7 methoxy quinoline 6
CN107709320A (en) * 2015-05-21 2018-02-16 中国科学院上海药物研究所 A kind of pyrido nitrogen heterocyclic and its production and use
US9925193B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2018-03-27 Proqinase Gmbh Thioether derivatives as protein kinase inhibitors
KR20190023557A (en) * 2017-08-29 2019-03-08 기초과학연구원 Quinoline Derivatives and Their Use as ALK and ALK L1196M Inhibitors
US11661422B2 (en) 2020-08-27 2023-05-30 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11691971B2 (en) 2020-06-19 2023-07-04 Incyte Corporation Naphthyridinone compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11753413B2 (en) 2020-06-19 2023-09-12 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11767323B2 (en) 2020-07-02 2023-09-26 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic pyridone compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11780840B2 (en) 2020-07-02 2023-10-10 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11795172B2 (en) 2020-09-28 2023-10-24 Cardurion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazines and [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazines as CaMKII inhibitors
WO2024003773A1 (en) * 2022-07-01 2024-01-04 Pfizer Inc. 2,7-naphthyridine compounds as mastl inhibitors
US11919908B2 (en) 2020-12-21 2024-03-05 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11958861B2 (en) 2021-02-25 2024-04-16 Incyte Corporation Spirocyclic lactams as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US12037346B2 (en) 2021-04-13 2024-07-16 Nuvalent, Inc. Amino-substituted heteroaryls for treating cancers with EGFR mutations
US12084430B2 (en) 2022-03-17 2024-09-10 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AR064010A1 (en) * 2006-12-06 2009-03-04 Merck & Co Inc AKT ACTIVITY INHIBITORS
CA2685219C (en) * 2007-05-04 2012-06-19 Amgen Inc. Diazaquinolones that inhibit prolyl hydroxylase activity
AU2008277730B2 (en) * 2007-07-13 2013-01-31 Addex Pharma S.A. Pyrazole derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
WO2012075393A2 (en) * 2010-12-02 2012-06-07 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Activators of proteasomal degradation and uses thereof
CN106414432B (en) 2013-10-14 2019-06-14 卫材R&D管理有限公司 The quinoline compound selectively replaced
RU2671496C2 (en) 2013-10-14 2018-11-01 Эйсай Ар Энд Ди Менеджмент Ко., Лтд. 5-piperidin-8-cyanochinoline derivatives
US9638690B2 (en) 2014-11-07 2017-05-02 The University Of British Columbia Compounds and compositions for use as alkylating agent sensors and methods of use thereof
WO2017198196A1 (en) * 2016-05-18 2017-11-23 王子厚 Quinoline derivative having anti-tumor activity
US9957233B1 (en) 2016-08-05 2018-05-01 Calitor Sciences, Llc Process for preparing substituted quinolin-4-ol compounds
WO2018183112A1 (en) * 2017-03-27 2018-10-04 Cardurion Pharmaceuticals, Llc Heterocyclic compound
CN112194623A (en) * 2020-10-16 2021-01-08 四川伊诺达博医药科技有限公司 Synthetic method of key intermediate of lenvatinib derivative
CN114031558A (en) * 2021-12-14 2022-02-11 无锡捷化医药科技有限公司 Preparation method of 1- (6-chloropyridazin-4-yl) ethyl-1-ketone
CN115403568B (en) * 2022-09-21 2023-09-29 中山大学 Quinazoline Aurora A covalent inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003055491A1 (en) 2001-12-24 2003-07-10 Astrazeneca Ab Substituted quinazoline derivatives as inhibitors of aurora kinases
WO2004000833A1 (en) 2002-06-20 2003-12-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines and pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of protein kinase
WO2004016612A2 (en) 2002-08-15 2004-02-26 Cyclacel Limited New purine derivatives
WO2004037814A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Indazolinone compositions useful as kinase inhibitors
WO2004039774A2 (en) 2002-05-23 2004-05-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004092607A1 (en) 2003-04-02 2004-10-28 Carbone Lorraine Composants Ventilated disc brake pads
US6919338B2 (en) 2000-06-28 2005-07-19 Astrazeneca Ab Substituted quinazoline derivatives and their use as inhibitors of aurora-2 kinase

Family Cites Families (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB9312891D0 (en) * 1993-06-22 1993-08-04 Boots Co Plc Therapeutic agents
AR004010A1 (en) 1995-10-11 1998-09-30 Glaxo Group Ltd HETERO CYCLIC COMPOUNDS
AU7340096A (en) 1995-11-07 1997-05-29 Kirin Beer Kabushiki Kaisha Quinoline derivatives and quinazoline derivatives inhibiting autophosphorylation of growth factor receptor originating in platelet and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
BR9710362A (en) 1996-07-13 1999-08-17 Glaxo Group Ltd Pharmaceutical formulation compound uses a compound processes of treatment of a human or animal suffering from a mediated by abnormal activity of protein tyrosine kinase and for the preparation of a compound
JP4386967B2 (en) 1996-07-13 2009-12-16 グラクソ、グループ、リミテッド Condensed heterocyclic compounds as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
GB9904103D0 (en) 1999-02-24 1999-04-14 Zeneca Ltd Quinoline derivatives
AR025068A1 (en) 1999-08-10 2002-11-06 Bayer Corp PIRAZINAS REPLACED AND FUSIONATED PYRIDAZINES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDE THEM, USE OF SUCH COMPOUNDS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT WITH AN ANGIOGENESIS INHIBITING ACTIVITY
GB9922171D0 (en) * 1999-09-21 1999-11-17 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
CA2411084A1 (en) 2000-06-06 2001-12-13 Pfizer Products Inc. Thiophene derivatives useful as anticancer agents
US6903101B1 (en) 2000-08-10 2005-06-07 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Substituted pyridazines and fused pyridazines with angiogenesis inhibiting activity
CA2446879A1 (en) 2001-05-11 2002-11-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated 2,5-disubstituted pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine and 1, 2, 4-triazine derivatives for use as p38 inhibitors
US20050043336A1 (en) * 2001-11-03 2005-02-24 Hennequin Laurent Francois Andre Quinazoline derivatives as antitumor agents
US6884889B2 (en) 2002-03-25 2005-04-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Processes for the preparation of antiviral 7-azaindole derivatives
WO2004106308A1 (en) * 2003-05-27 2004-12-09 Pfizer Products Inc. Quinazolines and pyrido [3,4-d] pyrimidines as receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2005047280A1 (en) 2003-11-10 2005-05-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Substituted nitrogen-containing six-membered amino-heterocycles as vanilloid-1 receptor antagonists for treating pain
EP1731523A4 (en) * 2004-04-01 2009-08-12 Takeda Pharmaceutical Thiazolopyrimidine derivative
CA2569016C (en) * 2004-06-02 2012-11-27 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused heterocyclic compound
MXPA06014125A (en) * 2004-06-04 2007-01-31 Astrazeneca Ab Quinazoline derivatives as erbb receptor tyrosine kinases.
WO2005121125A1 (en) 2004-06-09 2005-12-22 Pfizer Inc. Ether-linked heteroaryl compounds
WO2006085330A2 (en) 2005-02-14 2006-08-17 Hadasit Medical Research Services And Development Ltd. Use of protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of leiomyomas
US7547782B2 (en) * 2005-09-30 2009-06-16 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Met kinase inhibitors
US20080108611A1 (en) * 2006-01-19 2008-05-08 Battista Kathleen A Substituted thienopyrimidine kinase inhibitors
KR101300424B1 (en) * 2006-01-23 2013-08-26 암젠 인크 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
CA2636242A1 (en) * 2006-01-30 2008-05-29 Array Biopharma, Inc. Heterobicyclic thiophene compounds and methods of use
RU2008139599A (en) * 2006-03-07 2010-04-20 Эррэй Биофарма Инк. (Us) Heterobicyclic pyrazole derivatives and methods for their use
JP2009539878A (en) * 2006-06-08 2009-11-19 アレイ バイオファーマ、インコーポレイテッド Quinoline compounds and methods of use

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6919338B2 (en) 2000-06-28 2005-07-19 Astrazeneca Ab Substituted quinazoline derivatives and their use as inhibitors of aurora-2 kinase
WO2003055491A1 (en) 2001-12-24 2003-07-10 Astrazeneca Ab Substituted quinazoline derivatives as inhibitors of aurora kinases
WO2004039774A2 (en) 2002-05-23 2004-05-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
WO2004000833A1 (en) 2002-06-20 2003-12-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines and pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of protein kinase
WO2004016612A2 (en) 2002-08-15 2004-02-26 Cyclacel Limited New purine derivatives
WO2004037814A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Indazolinone compositions useful as kinase inhibitors
WO2004092607A1 (en) 2003-04-02 2004-10-28 Carbone Lorraine Composants Ventilated disc brake pads

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ALI, M. H.; BUCHWALD, S. L., J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 66, 2001, pages 2560
ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED., vol. 42, 2003, pages 5993 - 5996
R. GIET; C. PRIGENT, J. CELL. SCI., vol. 112, 1999, pages 3591 - 3601
Y. MIYOSHI ET AL., INT. J. CANCER, vol. 92, 2001, pages 370 - 373

Cited By (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8853409B2 (en) 2007-09-21 2014-10-07 Array Biopharma Inc. Pyridin-2yl-amino-1, 2, 4-thiadiazole derivatives as glucokinase activators for the treatment of diabetes mellitus
US9079890B2 (en) 2007-09-21 2015-07-14 Array Biopharma Inc. Intermediates for the preparation of pyridin-2-yl-amino-1,2,4-thiadiazole derivatives
US8404694B2 (en) 2008-03-20 2013-03-26 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
WO2009117157A1 (en) * 2008-03-20 2009-09-24 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
US20110301162A1 (en) * 2008-08-04 2011-12-08 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
WO2010017240A3 (en) * 2008-08-04 2010-04-01 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
US9126935B2 (en) 2008-08-14 2015-09-08 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
JP2012517470A (en) * 2009-02-11 2012-08-02 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング A novel aminoazaheterocyclic carboxamide
WO2010098866A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Supergen, Inc. Cyclopentathiophene/cyclohexathiophene dna methyltransferase inhibitors
US10197557B2 (en) 2011-02-24 2019-02-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Small molecules for endothelial cell activation
EP2963039A1 (en) * 2011-02-24 2016-01-06 The Regents of The University of California Small molecules for endothelial cell activation
US9925193B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2018-03-27 Proqinase Gmbh Thioether derivatives as protein kinase inhibitors
CN103145709A (en) * 2013-04-12 2013-06-12 苏州科捷生物医药有限公司 Synthesis process for 4-chloro-1,6-naphthyridine
US9637484B2 (en) 2013-05-13 2017-05-02 Shanghai Hengrui Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Cycloalkyl acid derivative, preparation method thereof, and pharmaceutical application thereof
WO2014183555A1 (en) 2013-05-13 2014-11-20 上海恒瑞医药有限公司 Cycloalkyl acid derivative, preparation method thereof, and pharmaceutical application thereof
CN103864799B (en) * 2014-03-17 2016-05-11 上海毕得医药科技有限公司 A kind of synthetic method of 5,6,7,8-imidazolidine [1,2-A] pyrazine
CN103864799A (en) * 2014-03-17 2014-06-18 上海毕得医药科技有限公司 Method for synthesizing 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazole-[1,2-A]-pyrazine
CN107709320A (en) * 2015-05-21 2018-02-16 中国科学院上海药物研究所 A kind of pyrido nitrogen heterocyclic and its production and use
CN107709320B (en) * 2015-05-21 2020-11-06 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Pyrido-nitrogen heterocyclic compound and preparation method and application thereof
CN105646467A (en) * 2016-02-25 2016-06-08 黄燕鸽 Anticancer compound osimertinib and synthesis method thereof
CN105646467B (en) * 2016-02-25 2018-07-20 黄燕鸽 A kind of anticancer compound Aomei replaces Buddhist nun and its synthetic method
CN106854180A (en) * 2016-11-30 2017-06-16 山东轩德医药科技有限公司 A kind of preparation method of the acid amides of 4 chlorine, 7 methoxy quinoline 6
KR102327054B1 (en) * 2017-08-29 2021-11-17 기초과학연구원 Quinoline Derivatives and Their Use as ALK and ALK L1196M Inhibitors
KR20190023557A (en) * 2017-08-29 2019-03-08 기초과학연구원 Quinoline Derivatives and Their Use as ALK and ALK L1196M Inhibitors
US11753413B2 (en) 2020-06-19 2023-09-12 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11691971B2 (en) 2020-06-19 2023-07-04 Incyte Corporation Naphthyridinone compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11780840B2 (en) 2020-07-02 2023-10-10 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11767323B2 (en) 2020-07-02 2023-09-26 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic pyridone compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11661422B2 (en) 2020-08-27 2023-05-30 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11795172B2 (en) 2020-09-28 2023-10-24 Cardurion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazines and [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazines as CaMKII inhibitors
US11919908B2 (en) 2020-12-21 2024-03-05 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11958861B2 (en) 2021-02-25 2024-04-16 Incyte Corporation Spirocyclic lactams as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US12037346B2 (en) 2021-04-13 2024-07-16 Nuvalent, Inc. Amino-substituted heteroaryls for treating cancers with EGFR mutations
US12084430B2 (en) 2022-03-17 2024-09-10 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
WO2024003773A1 (en) * 2022-07-01 2024-01-04 Pfizer Inc. 2,7-naphthyridine compounds as mastl inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MX2009010517A (en) 2009-10-19
JP2010523568A (en) 2010-07-15
US20100280008A1 (en) 2010-11-04
EP2137177B1 (en) 2014-05-07
CA2682504C (en) 2012-10-30
US7776857B2 (en) 2010-08-17
ES2470341T3 (en) 2014-06-23
US8557816B2 (en) 2013-10-15
AU2008236670A1 (en) 2008-10-16
AU2008236670B2 (en) 2011-12-01
US20090069297A1 (en) 2009-03-12
EP2137177A2 (en) 2009-12-30
WO2008124083A3 (en) 2009-01-15
CA2682504A1 (en) 2008-10-16
US20120122847A1 (en) 2012-05-17
JP5516397B2 (en) 2014-06-11
US7981891B2 (en) 2011-07-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2137177B1 (en) Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
EP2288611B1 (en) Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
US9242961B2 (en) Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
EP1984353B1 (en) Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
US20140336182A1 (en) Aurora Kinase Modulators and Method of Use
WO2008153947A2 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as raf kinase modulators
EP2321298B1 (en) Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
AU2008262310B2 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as Raf kinase modulators
MX2008009285A (en) Aurora kinase modulators and method of use

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08742582

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2682504

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008236670

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: MX/A/2009/010517

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010502144

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008742582

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2008236670

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20080403

Kind code of ref document: A